Bug#1034082: w3m: Typo in German README.func

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: w3m
Version: 0.5.3-37
Severity: minor

Dear Tatsuya,

Rene Kita found a spelling mistake in the German description for the 
functions SELECT and SELECT_MENU. Is is present in the stable and the 
most recent versions. There, the third f in the word "Puffferstapel" 
needs to be removed. His patch is attached.

Thanks for introducing his corrections. Best regards
Markus

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 11.5
  APT prefers stable-security
  APT policy: (500, 'stable-security'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 5.10.0-9-686-pae (SMP w/1 CPU thread)
Locale: LANG=de_DE.ISO-8859-1, LC_CTYPE=de_DE.ISO-8859-1 (charmap=ISO-8859-1), 
LANGUAGE not set
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash
Init: systemd (via /run/systemd/system)
LSM: AppArmor: enabled

Versions of packages w3m depends on:
ii  libc6  2.32-4
ii  libgc1c2   1:7.6.4-0.4
ii  libgpm21.20.7-8
ii  libssl1.1  1.1.1n-0+deb11u3
ii  libtinfo6  6.2+20201114-2
ii  zlib1g 1:1.2.11.dfsg-2+deb11u2

Versions of packages w3m recommends:
ii  ca-certificates  20210119

Versions of packages w3m suggests:
pn  cmigemo 
ii  curl7.74.0-1.3+deb11u3
pn  dict
pn  dict-wn 
pn  dictd   
pn  libsixel-bin
ii  man-db  2.9.4-2
ii  mime-support3.66
pn  mpv 
ii  sensible-utils  0.0.14
pn  w3m-el  
pn  w3m-img 
ii  wget1.21-1+deb11u1
ii  xdg-utils   1.1.3-4.1
pn  xsel

-- no debconf information
 doc-de/README.func | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/doc-de/README.func b/doc-de/README.func
index cb175db4..c59cbdfc 100644
--- a/doc-de/README.func
+++ b/doc-de/README.func
@@ -122,8 +122,8 @@ SEARCH_BACK Suche rückwärts
 SEARCH_FORESuche vorwärts
 SEARCH_NEXTSetze Suche vorwärts fort
 SEARCH_PREVSetze Suche rückwärts fort
-SELECT Zeige Puffferstapel-Übersicht
-SELECT_MENUÖffne Puffferstapel-Menü
+SELECT Zeige Pufferstapel-Übersicht
+SELECT_MENUÖffne Pufferstapel-Menü
 SETENV Setze Umgebungsvariable
 SET_OPTION Setze Option
 SHELL  Führe Shell-Befehl aus und zeige Ausgabe an
-- 
2.39.2.702.g61fb29f123

diff --git a/doc-de/README.func b/doc-de/README.func
index cb175db4..c59cbdfc 100644
--- a/doc-de/README.func
+++ b/doc-de/README.func
@@ -122,8 +122,8 @@ SEARCH_BACK Suche rückwärts
 SEARCH_FORESuche vorwärts
 SEARCH_NEXTSetze Suche vorwärts fort
 SEARCH_PREVSetze Suche rückwärts fort
-SELECT Zeige Puffferstapel-Übersicht
-SELECT_MENUÖffne Puffferstapel-Menü
+SELECT Zeige Pufferstapel-Übersicht
+SELECT_MENUÖffne Pufferstapel-Menü
 SETENV Setze Umgebungsvariable
 SET_OPTION Setze Option
 SHELL  Führe Shell-Befehl aus und zeige Ausgabe an

Bug#1031675: zoph: German po-debconf translation

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: zoph
Version: 1.0.1-1
Severity: normal

Dear Maintainer,

attached to this report, you receive the Germen message catalogue 
proofread by the German language team.

Best regards
Markus
# German debconf translation of zoph.
# Copyright (C) the package's copyright holder 2017
# This file is distributed under the same license as the zoph package.
# Copyright (C) for this file Markus Hiereth , 2017 - 
2023.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: zoph 0.9.4-1\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: z...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-02-09 08:44+\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-02-19 09:13+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Markus Hiereth \n"
"Language-Team: debian-l10n-german \n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Poedit 2.4.2\n"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../zoph.templates:1001
msgid "Remove image files (photos) you uploaded?"
msgstr "Die hochgeladenen Bilddateien (Fotos) entfernen?"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../zoph.templates:1001
msgid ""
"Zoph imports files into, by default, /var/lib/zoph. If you decide to remove "
"the zoph package, but wish to keep the photos you uploaded answer yes. To "
"have the files removed, answer no. To be asked at package removal time "
"answer ask."
msgstr ""
"Standardmäßig importiert Zoph Dateien in das Verzeichnis /var/lib/zoph. Wenn "
"Sie das Zoph-Paket entfernen wollen, die hochgeladenen Fotos aber behalten "
"möchten, antworten Sie mit »Ja«. Sollen die Dateien entfernt werden, "
"antworten Sie mit »Nein«. Um zum Zeitpunkt der Paketentfernung gefragt zu "
"werden, antworten Sie mit »Fragen«."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../zoph.templates:2001
msgid "Keep uploaded image files after removal?"
msgstr "Die hochgeladenen Bilddateien nach Entfernung behalten?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../zoph.templates:2001
msgid ""
"You have imported some photos into /var/lib/zoph, and are removing the zoph "
"package."
msgstr ""
"Sie haben Fotos in das Verzeichnis /var/lib/zoph importiert und entfernen "
"das Paket Zoph."

Bug#1031006: mutt: wrong/misleading German translation

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: mutt
Version: 2.0.5-4.1+deb11u1
Severity: normal

Dear Maintainer,

the German menu of mutt contains a wrong and misleading translation for 
the point "abort", see:

mutt_2.2.9-1/po/de.po
#: compose.c:134 remailer.c:489
msgid "Abort"
msgstr "Verwerfen"
#. L10N: compose menu help line entry

neomutt_20220429+dfsg1-4.1/po/de.po
#: compose/compose.c:97 compose/compose.c:116 mixmaster/dlg_mixmaster.c:85
msgid "Abort"
msgstr "Verwerfen"
#. L10N: compose menu help line entry

"Verwerfen" shall be replaced with "Verlassen" (oder "Nicht senden") 
because

- the German word for "to abort" is "verlassen" 

- it is the next point in the dialogue where the user is asked, 
whether a not finished mail shall be discarded (= "Verwerfen") or postponed to 
continue editing later.

Best regards
Markus










-- Package-specific info:
Mutt 2.0.5 (2021-01-21)
Copyright (C) 1996-2021 Michael R. Elkins and others.
Mutt comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `mutt -vv'.
Mutt is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `mutt -vv' for details.

System: Linux 5.10.0-9-686-pae (i686)
ncurses: ncurses 6.2.20201114 (compiled with 6.2)
libidn2: 2.3.0 (compiled with 2.3.0)
hcache backend: tokyocabinet 1.4.48

Compiler:
Using built-in specs.
COLLECT_GCC=gcc
COLLECT_LTO_WRAPPER=/usr/lib/gcc/i686-linux-gnu/10/lto-wrapper
Target: i686-linux-gnu
Configured with: ../src/configure -v --with-pkgversion='Debian 10.2.1-6' 
--with-bugurl=file:///usr/share/doc/gcc-10/README.Bugs 
--enable-languages=c,ada,c++,go,brig,d,fortran,objc,obj-c++,m2 --prefix=/usr 
--with-gcc-major-version-only --program-suffix=-10 
--program-prefix=i686-linux-gnu- --enable-shared --enable-linker-build-id 
--libexecdir=/usr/lib --without-included-gettext --enable-threads=posix 
--libdir=/usr/lib --enable-nls --enable-bootstrap --enable-clocale=gnu 
--enable-libstdcxx-debug --enable-libstdcxx-time=yes 
--with-default-libstdcxx-abi=new --enable-gnu-unique-object 
--disable-vtable-verify --enable-plugin --enable-default-pie --with-system-zlib 
--enable-libphobos-checking=release --with-target-system-zlib=auto 
--enable-objc-gc=auto --enable-targets=all --enable-multiarch --disable-werror 
--with-arch-32=i686 --with-multilib-list=m32,m64,mx32 --enable-multilib 
--with-tune=generic --enable-checking=release --build=i686-linux-gnu 
--host=i686-linux-gnu --target=i686-linux-gnu
Thread model: posix
Supported LTO compression algorithms: zlib zstd
gcc version 10.2.1 20210110 (Debian 10.2.1-6) 

Configure options: '--build=i686-linux-gnu' '--prefix=/usr' 
'--includedir=\${prefix}/include' '--mandir=\${prefix}/share/man' 
'--infodir=\${prefix}/share/info' '--sysconfdir=/etc' '--localstatedir=/var' 
'--disable-option-checking' '--disable-silent-rules' 
'--libdir=\${prefix}/lib/i386-linux-gnu' '--runstatedir=/run' 
'--disable-maintainer-mode' '--disable-dependency-tracking' 
'--with-mailpath=/var/mail' '--enable-compressed' '--enable-debug' 
'--enable-fcntl' '--enable-hcache' '--enable-gpgme' '--enable-imap' 
'--enable-smtp' '--enable-pop' '--enable-sidebar' '--enable-dotlock' 
'--disable-fmemopen' '--with-curses' '--with-gnutls' '--with-gss' '--with-idn2' 
'--with-mixmaster' '--with-sasl' '--without-gdbm' '--without-bdb' 
'--without-qdbm' '--with-tokyocabinet' 'build_alias=i686-linux-gnu' 'CFLAGS=-g 
-O2 -ffile-prefix-map=/build/mutt-wjzS3y/mutt-2.0.5=. -fstack-protector-strong 
-Wformat -Werror=format-security' 'LDFLAGS=-Wl,-z,relro -Wl,-z,now' 
'CPPFLAGS=-Wdate-time -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2'

Compilation CFLAGS: -Wall -pedantic -Wno-long-long -g -O2 
-ffile-prefix-map=/build/mutt-wjzS3y/mutt-2.0.5=. -fstack-protector-strong 
-Wformat -Werror=format-security

Compile options:
-DOMAIN
+DEBUG
-HOMESPOOL  +USE_SETGID  +USE_DOTLOCK  +DL_STANDALONE  +USE_FCNTL  -USE_FLOCK   
+USE_POP  +USE_IMAP  +USE_SMTP  
-USE_SSL_OPENSSL  +USE_SSL_GNUTLS  +USE_SASL  +USE_GSS  +HAVE_GETADDRINFO  
+HAVE_REGCOMP  -USE_GNU_REGEX  
+HAVE_COLOR  +HAVE_START_COLOR  +HAVE_TYPEAHEAD  +HAVE_BKGDSET  
+HAVE_CURS_SET  +HAVE_META  +HAVE_RESIZETERM  +HAVE_FUTIMENS  
+CRYPT_BACKEND_CLASSIC_PGP  +CRYPT_BACKEND_CLASSIC_SMIME  +CRYPT_BACKEND_GPGME  
-EXACT_ADDRESS  -SUN_ATTACHMENT  
+ENABLE_NLS  -LOCALES_HACK  +HAVE_WC_FUNCS  +HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET  
+HAVE_LANGINFO_YESEXPR  
+HAVE_ICONV  -ICONV_NONTRANS  -HAVE_LIBIDN  +HAVE_LIBIDN2  +HAVE_GETSID  
+USE_HCACHE  
+USE_SIDEBAR  +USE_COMPRESSED  +USE_INOTIFY  
-ISPELL
SENDMAIL="/usr/sbin/sendmail"
MAILPATH="/var/mail"
PKGDATADIR="/usr/share/mutt"
SYSCONFDIR="/etc"
EXECSHELL="/bin/sh"
MIXMASTER="mixmaster"

To contact the developers, please mail to .
To report a bug, please contact the Mutt maintainers via gitlab:
https://gitlab.com/muttmua/mutt/issues


-- System Information:
Debian Release: 11.5
  APT prefers stable-security
  APT policy: (500, 'stable-security'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 5.10.0-9-686-pae (SMP w/1 CPU thread)
Locale: 

Bug#812127: login: wrong German error message

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: login
Version: 1:4.8.1-1
Followup-For: Bug #812127

Dear Maintainer,

besides working on the German po-file for the shadow project manual 
pages, this old bug in the Debian bug database caught my attention. It 
is really simple to fix.

I'm afraid the po file of my colleague of the German language team, 
Holger Wansing (message #52) has not been introduced in the sources 
because, according to message #57, the developers worked on the newer 
version 4.9. This would be sad.

I'm quite sure that Holgers message catalogue could be merged somehow 
with the current one.

To fix at least the reported bug without further delay, I attach a patch 
file.

Best regards
Markus



-- System Information: Debian Release: 11.5
  APT prefers stable-security
  APT policy: (500, 'stable-security'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 5.10.0-9-686-pae (SMP w/1 CPU thread)
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=de_DE.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8), LANGUAGE not set
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash
Init: systemd (via /run/systemd/system)
LSM: AppArmor: enabled

Versions of packages login depends on:
ii  libaudit1   1:3.0-2
ii  libc6   2.32-4
ii  libcrypt1   1:4.4.18-4
ii  libpam-modules  1.4.0-9+deb11u1
ii  libpam-runtime  1.4.0-9+deb11u1
ii  libpam0g1.4.0-9+deb11u1

login recommends no packages.

login suggests no packages.

-- Configuration Files:
/etc/login.defs changed [not included]

-- no debconf information
--- shadow-4.8.1/po/de.po   2020-01-23 21:59:53.0 +0100
+++ shadow-4.8.1_mh/po/de.po2023-02-07 20:10:14.028953232 +0100
@@ -1620,7 +1620,7 @@
 
 #, c-format
 msgid "%s: Cannot possibly work without effective root\n"
-msgstr "%s: Arbeit ohne effektive root-Rechte eventuell nicht möglich\n"
+msgstr "%s: Arbeit ohne effektive root-Rechte unmöglich\n"
 
 msgid "No utmp entry.  You must exec \"login\" from the lowest level \"sh\""
 msgstr ""

Bug#1029933: w3m: German message catalogue

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: w3m
Version: 0.5.3+git20230121-1
Severity: normal

Dear Tatsuya,

attached to this report, you will find the updated germen message 
catalogue proofread by the german language team

Best regards
Markus
# German translation of w3m
# Copyright (C) 2014 THE w3m'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the w3m package.
# Markus Hiereth , 2014,2022,2023.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: w3m 0.5.3\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-04 19:22+0900\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-27 22:57+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Markus Hiereth \n"
"Language-Team: German \n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"

#: menu.c:269
msgid " Back (b) "
msgstr " Zurück (b) "

#: menu.c:270
msgid " Select Buffer(s) "
msgstr " Puffer auswählen   (s) "

#: menu.c:272
msgid " Select Tab   (t) "
msgstr " Reiter auswählen   (t) "

#: menu.c:274
msgid " View Source  (v) "
msgstr " Codeansicht(v) "

#: menu.c:275
msgid " Edit Source  (e) "
msgstr " Code bearbeiten(e) "

#: menu.c:276
msgid " Save Source  (S) "
msgstr " Code speichern (S) "

#: menu.c:277
msgid " Reload   (r) "
msgstr " Erneut laden   (r) "

#: menu.c:278 menu.c:285 menu.c:289
msgid "  "
msgstr " -- "

#: menu.c:279
msgid " Go Link  (a) "
msgstr " Ziel öffnen..  (a) "

#: menu.c:280
msgid "   on New Tab (n) "
msgstr "  ..in neuem Reiter (n) "

#: menu.c:281
msgid " Save Link(A) "
msgstr " Ziel speichern (A) "

#: menu.c:282
msgid " View Image   (i) "
msgstr " Bild anzeigen  (i) "

#: menu.c:283
msgid " Save Image   (I) "
msgstr " Bild speichern (I) "

#: menu.c:284
msgid " View Frame   (f) "
msgstr " Frames zeigen  (f) "

#: menu.c:286
msgid " Bookmark (B) "
msgstr " Lesezeichen(B) "

#: menu.c:287
msgid " Help (h) "
msgstr " Hilfe  (h) "

#: menu.c:288
msgid " Option   (o) "
msgstr " Einstellungen  (o) "

#: menu.c:290
msgid " Quit (q) "
msgstr " Programm verlassen (q) "

#: rc.c:63
msgid "External Viewer Setup"
msgstr "Konfiguration für externe Anzeigeprogramme"

#: rc.c:64
msgid "Tab width in characters"
msgstr "Tabulatorbreite in Zeichen"

#: rc.c:65
msgid "Indent for HTML rendering"
msgstr "Einzug bei HTML-Darstellung"

#: rc.c:66
msgid "Number of pixels per character (4.0...32.0)"
msgstr "Anzahl von Pixeln pro Zeichen (4.0 bis 32.0)"

#: rc.c:67
msgid "Number of pixels per line (4.0...64.0)"
msgstr "Anzahl von Pixeln pro Zeile (4.0 bis 64.0)"

# entsprechend Bescheibung aus MANUAL.html, mh 14.10.2014
#: rc.c:68
msgid "Number of remembered lines when used as a pager"
msgstr "Anzahl gemerkter, über die Standardeingabe erhaltener Zeilen"

#: rc.c:69
msgid "Use URL history"
msgstr "URL-Chronik verwenden"

#: rc.c:70
msgid "Number of remembered URL"
msgstr "Anzahl von URLs in Chronik"

#: rc.c:71
msgid "Save URL history"
msgstr "URL-Chronik speichern"

#: rc.c:72
msgid "Render frames automatically"
msgstr "Frames selbstständig darstellen"

#: rc.c:73
msgid "Treat argument without scheme as URL"
msgstr "Eingabe ohne Protokoll-Präfix als URL auffassen"

#: rc.c:74
msgid "Use _self as default target"
msgstr "_self als Standard-Zielfenster verwenden"

#: rc.c:75
msgid "Open link on new tab if target is _blank or _new"
msgstr ""
"Link in neuem Reiter öffnen, falls für Zielfenster _blank oder _new "
"definiert ist"

#: rc.c:76
msgid "Open download list panel on new tab"
msgstr "Downloadliste in neuem Reiter öffnen"

#: rc.c:77
msgid "Display link URL automatically"
msgstr "URL der Links selbstständig anzeigen"

#: rc.c:78
msgid "Display link numbers"
msgstr "Linknummern anzeigen"

#: rc.c:79
msgid "Display decoded URL"
msgstr "URL entschlüsselt anzeigen"

#: rc.c:80
msgid "Display current line number"
msgstr "Aktuelle Zeilennummer anzeigen"

#: rc.c:81
msgid "Display inline images"
msgstr "Eingebettete Bilder anzeigen"

#: rc.c:82
msgid "Display pseudo

Bug#1029113: postfix: updated German po-file

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: postfix
Version: 3.7.3-4
Severity: normal

Dear Maintainer,

find the attached german messages for the debconf dialogue. The two 
fuzzy strings were checked and improved. The po-file has been proof-read by the 
German language team.

Best regards
Markus

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 11.5
  APT prefers stable-security
  APT policy: (500, 'stable-security'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 5.10.0-9-686-pae (SMP w/1 CPU thread)
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=de_DE.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8), LANGUAGE not set
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash
Init: systemd (via /run/systemd/system)
LSM: AppArmor: enabled
# Translation of postfix debconf templates to German
# This file is distributed under the same license as the postfix package.
# Copyright (C) Helge Kreutzmann , 2006-2008, 2012, 2014, 
2016.
# Markus Hiereth , 2016, 2018, 2022, 2023
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: postfix 3.7.3-4\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: post...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-12-28 14:12-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-15 22:00+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Markus Hiereth \n"
"Language-Team: debian-l10n-german \n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid "Update configuration to avoid compatibility warnings?"
msgstr ""
"Um Warnungen zu Inkompatibiltäten zu vermeiden, die Konfiguration "
"aktualisieren?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid ""
"This upgrade of Postfix changes some default values in the configuration. As "
"part of this upgrade, the following will be changed: (1) chrooted components "
"will be changed from '-' to 'y' in master.cf, and (2) myhostname will be set "
"to a fully-qualified domain name if it is not already such. The install will "
"be aborted if you do not allow the change."
msgstr ""
"Diese Aktualisierung von Postfix ändert einige Standardwerte der "
"Konfiguration. Dazu gehört: (1) in master.cf wird bei chrooted-Komponenten "
"der Wert '-' durch 'y' ersetzt. (2) »myhostname« wird, falls die Variable "
"noch nicht die Anforderungen an einen voll-qualifizierten Domainnamen (FQDN) "
"erfüllt, in eine solche überführt. Sollten Sie diese Änderungen nicht "
"zulassen, wird die Installation abgebrochen."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "Update main.cf for daemon_directory change?"
msgstr "main.cf für eine Änderung von »daemon_directory« aktualisieren?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid ""
"This upgrade of Postfix changes where daemons are located, and your Postfix "
"configuration explicitly specifies the old location. The install will be "
"aborted if you do not allow the change."
msgstr ""
"Dieses Upgrade von Postfix ändert den Ort von Hintergrundprozessen, Ihre "
"Postfix-Konfiguration spezifiziert allerdings ausdrücklich den alten Ort. "
"Sollten Sie diese Änderungen nicht zulassen, wird die Installation "
"abgebrochen."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid "Update dynamicmaps.cf for 3.0?"
msgstr "dynamicmaps.cf für 3.0 aktualisieren?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid ""
"Postfix version 3.0 changes how dynamic maps are delivered, and your "
"dynamicmaps.cf does not reflect that. Accept this option to convert "
"dynamicmaps.cf to the version required for 3.0."
msgstr ""
"Mit Postfix Version 3.0 ändert sich, wie dynamische Zuordnungen "
"bereitgestellt werden, Ihre dynamicmaps.cf widerspiegelt dies jedoch nicht. "
"Akzeptieren Sie diese Option, um dynamicmaps.cf in die für 3.0 benötigte "
"Version zu konvertieren."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid "Ignore incorrect hostname entry?"
msgstr "Fehlerhaften Hostnamen-Eintrag ignorieren?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid ""
"The string '${enteredstring}' does not follow RFC 1035 and does not appear "
"to be a valid IP address."
msgstr ""
"Die Zeichenkette »${enteredstring}« entspricht nicht RFC 1035 und scheint "
"keine gültige IP-Adresse zu sein."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid ""
"RFC 1035 states that 'each component must start with an alphanum, end with "
"an al

Bug#1021813: open-infrastructure-compute-tools: Updated German message catalogue

[Markus Hiereth]

Source: open-infrastructure-compute-tools
Version: 20221002-1
Severity: normal

Dear Daniel,

attached to this report, there is an updated po-file proofread by the 
German language team.

Best regards
Markus


-- System Information:
Debian Release: 11.5
  APT prefers stable-security
  APT policy: (500, 'stable-security'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 5.10.0-9-686-pae (SMP w/1 CPU thread)
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=de_DE.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8), LANGUAGE not set
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash
Init: systemd (via /run/systemd/system)
LSM: AppArmor: enabled
# German debconf translation of open-infrastructure-container-tools
# Copyright (C) 2017-2022 Markus Hiereth 
# This file is distributed under the same license as the 
open-infrastructure-container-tools package.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: open-infrastructure-compute-tools 20221002-1\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: open-infrastructure-compute-to...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-02 15:20+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-13 22:10+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Markus Hiereth \n"
"Language-Team: debian-l10n-german \n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Poedit 2.4.2\n"

#. Type: title
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:1001
msgid "container-tools: Setup"
msgstr "container-tools: Einrichtung"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:2001
msgid "machines directory:"
msgstr "Maschinen-Verzeichnis:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:2001
msgid "Please specify the directory that will be used to store the containers."
msgstr ""
"Bitte geben Sie das zum Speichern von Containern vorgesehene Verzeichnis an."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:2001
msgid ""
"If unsure, use /var/lib/machines (default) or /srv/container/system when "
"using shared storage."
msgstr ""
"Wenn Sie unsicher sind, verwenden Sie das Standardverzeichnis /var/lib/"
"machines oder für gemeinsam benutzten Speicher /srv/container/system."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:3001
msgid "config directory:"
msgstr "Konfigurationsverzeichnis:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:3001
msgid ""
"Please specify the directory that will be used to store the container "
"configuration files."
msgstr ""
"Bitte geben Sie das für die Container-Konfigurationsdateien vorgesehene "
"Verzeichnis an."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:3001
msgid ""
"If unsure, use /etc/compute-tools/config (default) or /srv/container/config "
"when using shared storage."
msgstr ""
"Wenn Sie unsicher sind, verwenden Sie das Standardverzeichnis /etc/compute-"
"tools/config oder für gemeinsam benutzten Speicher /srv/container/config."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:4001
msgid "debconf directory:"
msgstr "Debconf-Verzeichnis:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:4001
msgid ""
"Please specify the directory that will be used to store the container "
"preseed files."
msgstr ""
"Bitte geben Sie das Verzeichnis an, welches die Voreinstellungsdateien für "
"Container speichern soll."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:4001
msgid ""
"If unsure, use /etc/compute-tools/debconf (default) or /srv/container/"
"debconf when using shared storage."
msgstr ""
"Wenn Sie unsicher sind, verwenden Sie das Standardverzeichnis /etc/compute-"
"tools/debconf oder /srv/container/debconf für gemeinsam benutzten Speicher."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:5001
msgid "hooks directory:"
msgstr "Container-Hooks-Verzeichnis:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:5001
msgid ""
"Please specify the directory that will be used to store the container hooks."
msgstr ""
"Bitte geben Sie das zum Speichern der Container-Hooks vorgesehene "
"Verzeichnis an."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-inf

Bug#1011945: version _3 of po-file

[Markus Hiereth]

Dear Tatsuya,

during proof-reading, it was noticed that in string rc.c:214 an "and"
and the abbreviation "e.g." have not been translated into German. They
have been translated in the attached version _3 of the message
catalogue.

A similar question has risen with rc.c:210. The list in parenthesis
starts with "all". In case, this list contains values that are
expected verbatim, translating "all" into "alle" would be
misleading/wrong. To be on the safe side, the word has not been
translated in version _3.

Best regards
Markus



# German translation of w3m
# Copyright (C) 2014 THE w3m'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the w3m package.
# Markus Hiereth , 2014,2022.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: w3m 0.5.3\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-07-03 15:24+0900\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-05-29 09:00+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Markus Hiereth \n"
"Language-Team: German \n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"

#: menu.c:269
msgid " Back (b) "
msgstr " Zurück (b) "

#: menu.c:270
msgid " Select Buffer(s) "
msgstr " Puffer auswählen   (s) "

#: menu.c:272
msgid " Select Tab   (t) "
msgstr " Reiter auswählen   (t) "

#: menu.c:274
msgid " View Source  (v) "
msgstr " Codeansicht(v) "

#: menu.c:275
msgid " Edit Source  (e) "
msgstr " Code bearbeiten(e) "

#: menu.c:276
msgid " Save Source  (S) "
msgstr " Code speichern (S) "

#: menu.c:277
msgid " Reload   (r) "
msgstr " Erneut laden   (r) "

#: menu.c:278 menu.c:285 menu.c:289
msgid "  "
msgstr " -- "

#: menu.c:279
msgid " Go Link  (a) "
msgstr " Ziel öffnen..  (a) "

#: menu.c:280
msgid "   on New Tab (n) "
msgstr "  ..in neuem Reiter (n) "

#: menu.c:281
msgid " Save Link(A) "
msgstr " Ziel speichern (A) "

#: menu.c:282
msgid " View Image   (i) "
msgstr " Bild anzeigen  (i) "

#: menu.c:283
msgid " Save Image   (I) "
msgstr " Bild speichern (I) "

#: menu.c:284
msgid " View Frame   (f) "
msgstr " Frames zeigen  (f) "

#: menu.c:286
msgid " Bookmark (B) "
msgstr " Lesezeichen(B) "

#: menu.c:287
msgid " Help (h) "
msgstr " Hilfe  (h) "

#: menu.c:288
msgid " Option   (o) "
msgstr " Einstellungen  (o) "

#: menu.c:290
msgid " Quit (q) "
msgstr " Programm verlassen (q) "

#: rc.c:62
msgid "External Viewer Setup"
msgstr "Konfiguration für externe Anzeigeprogramme"

#: rc.c:63
msgid "Tab width in characters"
msgstr "Tabulatorbreite in Zeichen"

#: rc.c:64
msgid "Indent for HTML rendering"
msgstr "Einzug bei HTML-Darstellung"

#: rc.c:65
msgid "Number of pixels per character (4.0...32.0)"
msgstr "Anzahl von Pixeln pro Zeichen (4.0 bis 32.0)"

#: rc.c:66
msgid "Number of pixels per line (4.0...64.0)"
msgstr "Anzahl von Pixeln pro Zeile (4.0 bis 64.0)"

# entsprechend Bescheibung aus MANUAL.html, mh 14.10.2014
#: rc.c:67
msgid "Number of remembered lines when used as a pager"
msgstr "Anzahl gemerkter, über die Standardeingabe erhaltener Zeilen"

#: rc.c:68
msgid "Use URL history"
msgstr "URL-Chronik verwenden"

#: rc.c:69
msgid "Number of remembered URL"
msgstr "Anzahl von URLs in Chronik"

#: rc.c:70
msgid "Save URL history"
msgstr "URL-Chronik speichern"

#: rc.c:71
msgid "Render frames automatically"
msgstr "Frames selbstständig darstellen"

#: rc.c:72
msgid "Treat argument without scheme as URL"
msgstr "Eingabe ohne Protokoll-Präfix als URL auffassen"

#: rc.c:73
msgid "Use _self as default target"
msgstr "_self als Standard-Zielfenster verwenden"

#: rc.c:74
msgid "Open link on new tab if target is _blank or _new"
msgstr ""
"Link in neuem Reiter öffnen, falls für Zielfenster _blank oder _new "
"definiert ist"

#: rc.c:75
msgid "Open download list panel on new tab"
msgstr "Downloadliste in neuem Reiter öffnen"

#: rc.c:76
msgid "Display link URL automatically"
msgstr "URL der Links selbstständig anzeigen"

#: rc.c:77
msgid "Disp

Bug#1011945: w3m: Updated message catalogue

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: w3m
Version: 0.5.3-37
Severity: normal

Dear Tatsuya,

with this bugreport, I pass the updated po-file proofread by the German 
language team.

Best regards
Markus
# German translation of w3m
# Copyright (C) 2014 THE w3m'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the w3m package.
# Markus Hiereth , 2014,2022.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: w3m 0.5.3\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-07-03 15:24+0900\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-05-27 09:00+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Markus Hiereth \n"
"Language-Team: German \n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"

#: menu.c:269
msgid " Back (b) "
msgstr " Zurück (b) "

#: menu.c:270
msgid " Select Buffer(s) "
msgstr " Puffer auswählen   (s) "

#: menu.c:272
msgid " Select Tab   (t) "
msgstr " Reiter auswählen   (t) "

#: menu.c:274
msgid " View Source  (v) "
msgstr " Codeansicht(v) "

#: menu.c:275
msgid " Edit Source  (e) "
msgstr " Code bearbeiten(e) "

#: menu.c:276
msgid " Save Source  (S) "
msgstr " Code speichern (S) "

#: menu.c:277
msgid " Reload   (r) "
msgstr " Erneut laden   (r) "

#: menu.c:278 menu.c:285 menu.c:289
msgid "  "
msgstr " -- "

#: menu.c:279
msgid " Go Link  (a) "
msgstr " Ziel öffnen..  (a) "

#: menu.c:280
msgid "   on New Tab (n) "
msgstr "  ..in neuem Reiter (n) "

#: menu.c:281
msgid " Save Link(A) "
msgstr " Ziel speichern (A) "

#: menu.c:282
msgid " View Image   (i) "
msgstr " Bild anzeigen  (i) "

#: menu.c:283
msgid " Save Image   (I) "
msgstr " Bild speichern (I) "

#: menu.c:284
msgid " View Frame   (f) "
msgstr " Frames zeigen  (f) "

#: menu.c:286
msgid " Bookmark (B) "
msgstr " Lesezeichen(B) "

#: menu.c:287
msgid " Help (h) "
msgstr " Hilfe  (h) "

#: menu.c:288
msgid " Option   (o) "
msgstr " Einstellungen  (o) "

#: menu.c:290
msgid " Quit (q) "
msgstr " Programm verlassen (q) "

#: rc.c:62
msgid "External Viewer Setup"
msgstr "Konfiguration für externe Anzeigeprogramme"

#: rc.c:63
msgid "Tab width in characters"
msgstr "Tabulatorbreite in Zeichen"

#: rc.c:64
msgid "Indent for HTML rendering"
msgstr "Einzug bei HTML-Darstellung"

#: rc.c:65
msgid "Number of pixels per character (4.0...32.0)"
msgstr "Anzahl von Pixeln pro Zeichen (4.0 bis 32.0)"

#: rc.c:66
msgid "Number of pixels per line (4.0...64.0)"
msgstr "Anzahl von Pixeln pro Zeile (4.0 bis 64.0)"

# entsprechend Bescheibung aus MANUAL.html, mh 14.10.2014
#: rc.c:67
msgid "Number of remembered lines when used as a pager"
msgstr "Anzahl gemerkter, über die Standardeingabe erhaltener Zeilen"

#: rc.c:68
msgid "Use URL history"
msgstr "URL-Chronik verwenden"

#: rc.c:69
msgid "Number of remembered URL"
msgstr "Anzahl von URLs in Chronik"

#: rc.c:70
msgid "Save URL history"
msgstr "URL-Chronik speichern"

#: rc.c:71
msgid "Render frames automatically"
msgstr "Frames selbstständig darstellen"

#: rc.c:72
msgid "Treat argument without scheme as URL"
msgstr "Eingabe ohne Protokoll-Präfix als URL auffassen"

#: rc.c:73
msgid "Use _self as default target"
msgstr "_self als Standard-Zielfenster verwenden"

#: rc.c:74
msgid "Open link on new tab if target is _blank or _new"
msgstr ""
"Link in neuem Reiter öffnen, falls für Zielfenster _blank oder _new "
"definiert ist"

#: rc.c:75
msgid "Open download list panel on new tab"
msgstr "Downloadliste in neuem Reiter öffnen"

#: rc.c:76
msgid "Display link URL automatically"
msgstr "URL der Links selbstständig anzeigen"

#: rc.c:77
msgid "Display link numbers"
msgstr "Linknummern anzeigen"

#: rc.c:78
msgid "Display decoded URL"
msgstr "URL entschlüsselt anzeigen"

#: rc.c:79
msgid "Display current line number"
msgstr "Aktuelle Zeilennummer anzeigen"

#: rc.c:80
msgid "Display inline images"
msgstr "Eingebettete Bilder anzeigen"

#: rc.c:81
msgid "Display pseudo-ALTs 

Bug#1006848: shadow: improvements for man 8 lastlog

[Markus Hiereth]

Source: shadow
Version: 4.8.1
Severity: minor

Dear Serge,

attached a diff and the xml file for lastlog.8

Best regards
Markus
--- ../../shadow-4.8.1/man/lastlog.8.xml2019-07-23 17:26:08.0 
+0200
+++ lastlog.8.xml   2022-01-20 09:56:29.773711307 +0100
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@


  
-   Print only lastlog records older than DAYS.
+   Print only lastlog records older than 
DAYS.
  

   
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@

  
Print the lastlog records more recent than
-   DAYS.
+   DAYS.
  

   


http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd; [


]>

  
  

  Julianne Frances
  Haugh
  Creation, 1992


  Thomas
  Kłoczko
  kloc...@pld.org.pl
  shadow-utils maintainer, 2000 - 2007


  Nicolas
  François
  nicolas.franc...@centraliens.net
  shadow-utils maintainer, 2007 - now

  
  
lastlog
8
System Management Commands
shadow-utils
_UTILS_VERSION;
  
  
lastlog
reports the most recent login of all users or of a given 
user
  
  
  

  lastlog
  
options
  

  

  
DESCRIPTION

  lastlog formats and prints the contents of the last
  login log /var/log/lastlog file. The
  login-name, port, and
  last login time will be printed.  The default (no
  flags) causes lastlog entries to be printed, sorted by their order in
  /etc/passwd.

  

  
OPTIONS

  The options which apply to the lastlog command are:


  

  -b, 
--beforeDAYS


  
Print only lastlog records older than 
DAYS.
  

  
  

  -C, --clear


  
Clear lastlog record of a user. This option can be used only 
together
with -u (--user)).
  

  
  

  -h, --help


  Display help message and exit.

  
  

  -R, 
--rootCHROOT_DIR


  
Apply changes in the CHROOT_DIR
directory and use the configuration files from the
CHROOT_DIR directory.
  

  
  

  -S, --set


  
Set lastlog record of a user to the current time. This option can be
used only together with -u 
(--user)).
  

  
  

  -t, 
--timeDAYS


  
Print the lastlog records more recent than
DAYS.
  

  
  

  -u, 
--userLOGIN|RANGE


  
Print the lastlog record of the specified user(s).
  
  
The users can be specified by a login name, a numerical user ID,
or a RANGE of users. This
RANGE of users can be specified with a
min and max values (UID_MIN-UID_MAX), a
max value (-UID_MAX), or a min value
(UID_MIN-).
  

  



  If the user has never logged in the message ** Never logged
  in** will be displayed instead of the port and time.



  Only the entries for the current users of the system will be
  displayed.  Other entries may exist for users that were deleted
  previously.

  

  
NOTE

  The lastlog file is a database which contains info
  on the last login of each user. You should not rotate it. It is a sparse
  file, so its size on the disk is usually much smaller than the one shown
  by "ls -l" (which can indicate a really big file if
  you have in passwd users with a high UID). You can
  display its real size with "ls -s".

  

  
CONFIGURATION

  The following configuration variables in
  /etc/login.defs change the behavior of this
  tool:


  _UID_MAX;

  

  
FILES

  
/var/log/lastlog

  Database times of previous user logins.

  

  

  
CAVEATS

  Large gaps in UID numbers will cause the lastlog program to run
  longer with no output to the screen (i.e. if in lastlog database there
  is no entries for users with UID between 170 and 800 lastlog will appear
  to hang as it processes entries with UIDs 171-799).

  

Bug#1005253: [Pkg-shadow-devel] Bug#1005253: shadow: Improved manual page useradd.8

[Markus Hiereth]

Hi Serge

"Serge E. Hallyn"  schrieb am 22. Februar 2022

> > With the exception of the "inactivity onset" "begin of inactivity"
> > "grace period" problem, I would be able to edit the xml-file. But I
> > think it spares you not much work.

I re-editied the useradd.8.xml, "grace period" has been
introduced. The changes reflect our discussion. I hope this version
will do it. Thanks

Best regards
Markus
--- shadow-4.8.1/man/useradd.8.xml	2020-01-17 16:47:56.0 +0100
+++ shadow-4.8.1_mh/man/useradd.8.xml	2022-02-23 12:05:52.330846912 +0100
@@ -143,11 +143,11 @@
 	
 	
 	  
-	The default base directory for the system if -dHOME_DIR is not specified.
-	BASE_DIR is
-	concatenated with the account name to define the home directory. 
-	If the -m option is not used,
-	BASE_DIR must exist.
+	The default base directory for the system if
+	-dHOME_DIR
+	is not specified.  BASE_DIR is
+	concatenated with the account name to define the home
+	directory.
 	  
 	  
 	If this option is not specified, useradd
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@
 	
 	  
 	Any text string. It is generally a short description of the
-	login, and is currently used as the field for the user's full
+	account, and is currently used as the field for the user's full
 	name.
 	  
 	
@@ -177,12 +177,14 @@
 	
 	  
 	The new user will be created using
-	HOME_DIR as the value for the user's
-	login directory. The default is to append the
+	HOME_DIR as the value for the
+	user's login directory. The default is to append the
 	LOGIN name to
-	BASE_DIR and use that as the login
-	directory name. The directory HOME_DIR
-	does not have to exist but will not be created if it is missing.
+	BASE_DIR and use that as the
+	login directory name.  If the directory
+	HOME_DIR does not exist, then
+	it will be created unless the -M option
+	is specified.
 	  
 	
   
@@ -219,16 +221,19 @@
 	
 	
 	  
-	The number of days after a password expires until the account is
-	permanently disabled. A value of 0 disables the account as soon
-	as the password has expired, and a value of -1 disables the
-	feature.
+defines the number of days after the password exceeded its maximum
+age during which the user may still login by immediately replacing
+	the password. This grace period before the account becomes inactive
+is stored in the shadow password file. An input of 0 will disable an
+expired password with no delay. An input of -1 will blank the
+respective field in the shadow password file. See 
+	shadow5
+ for more information.
 	  
 	  
-	If not specified, useradd will use the
-	default inactivity period specified by the
-	INACTIVE variable in
-	/etc/default/useradd, or -1 by default.
+If not specified, useradd will use the
+INACTIVE variable in
+/etc/default/useradd, or, -1 by default.
 	  
 	
   
@@ -238,7 +243,7 @@
 	
 	
 	  
-	The group name or number of the user's initial login group. The
+	The name or the number of the user's primary group. The
 	group name must exist. A group number must refer to an already
 	existing group.
 	  
@@ -249,7 +254,7 @@
 	set to yes (or
 	-U/--user-group is specified on the command
 	line), a group will be created for the user, with the same
-	name as her loginname. If the variable is set to
+	name as the loginname. If the variable is set to
 	no (or
 	-N/--no-user-group is specified on the
 	command line), useradd will set the primary group of the new
@@ -315,14 +320,17 @@
 	(UID_MIN, UID_MAX,
 	UMASK, PASS_MAX_DAYS
 	and others).
-	  
 	  
-	Example: -KPASS_MAX_DAYS=-1
-	can be used when creating system account to turn off password
-	aging, even though system account has no password at all.
-	Multiple -K options can be specified, e.g.:
-	-KUID_MIN=100
-	-KUID_MAX=499
+	  
+	Example:
+	-KPASS_MAX_DAYS
+	=-1 can be used
+	when creating an account to turn off password aging.
+	Multiple -K options can be specified,
+	e.g.:
+	-KUID_MIN
+	=100-K
+	UID_MAX=499
 	  
 	  

Bug#1006225: edited groups.1.xml and id.1.xml and diff files

[Markus Hiereth]

Hi Serge,

On Mon, 21 Feb 2022 10:30:17 -0600 serge wrote:

attached groups.1.xml and id.1.xml and patches that replace the
previously sent on 21 Feb 2022 17:01:53 +0100.

> Changing 'support' to 'allow' is not good.  And I do think that
> simply referencing initgroups as I did is better than saying "by
> using...".  Although I don't believe there's any system out there
> which does not support initgroups.

this point made me change the respective paragraph.

In groups.1.xml in the paragraph above, xml-markup  was
replaced by  and one removed as not necessary.

In the SEE ALSO section initgroups(3) was added.

I hope the two manual pages are done now. Best regards
Markus


groups.1.xml
Description: XML document
--- ../../shadow-4.8.1/man/groups.1.xml	2019-07-23 17:26:08.0 +0200
+++ groups.1.xml	2022-02-23 09:39:44.060606763 +0100
@@ -80,16 +80,17 @@
   The groups command displays the current group names
   or ID values. If the value does not have a corresponding entry in
   /etc/group, the value will be displayed as the
-  numerical group value. The optional user parameter will display the groups for the
-  named user.
+  numerical group value. The optional user
+  parameter will display the groups for the named user.
 
   
 
   
 NOTE
 
-  Systems which do not support concurrent group sets will have the
+  Systems which do not support supplementary groups (see 
+	initgroups3
+  ) will have the
   information from /etc/group reported. The user
   must use newgrp or sg to change
   his current real and effective group ID.
@@ -122,6 +123,9 @@
   ,
   
 	getuid2
+  ,
+  
+	initgroups3
   .
 
   


id.1.xml
Description: XML document
--- ../../shadow-4.8.1/man/id.1.xml	2019-07-23 17:26:08.0 +0200
+++ id.1.xml	2022-02-23 09:41:18.64038 +0100
@@ -79,8 +79,9 @@
   have a corresponding entry in /etc/passwd or
   /etc/group, the value will be displayed without
   the corresponding name. The optional -a flag will
-  display the group set on systems which support multiple concurrent
-  group membership.
+  display the group set on systems which support supplementary groups
+  (see initgroups
+  3).
 
   
 
@@ -113,6 +114,9 @@
   ,
   
 	getuid2
+  ,
+  
+	initgroups3
   
 
   

Bug#1006225: shadow: manpages groups and id - replacement of "concurrent group sets"

[Markus Hiereth]

Source: shadow
Version: 4.8.1
Severity: minor

Dear Serge, 

attached the edited xml files for groups.1 and id.1 where "concurrent 
group set" occured. These occurences were replaced with "supplementary 
groups" and a reference to initgroups(3).

No other changes were made

- as real and effective IDs are only mentioned, but the shadow 
implementation of groups and id (which have no option --real) and

- as there are doubts whether these binaries/manpages will reach users 
at all. They are not within the Debian distribution.

Best regards
Markus

(References: email correspondence 2022-02-18 - 2022-02-21)
--- shadow-4.8.1/man/id.1.xml   2019-07-23 17:26:08.0 +0200
+++ shadow-4.8.1_mh/man/id.1.xml2022-02-21 16:32:48.691912849 +0100
@@ -79,8 +79,9 @@
   have a corresponding entry in /etc/passwd or
   /etc/group, the value will be displayed without
   the corresponding name. The optional -a flag will
-  display the group set on systems which support multiple concurrent
-  group membership.
+  display the group set on systems which support supplementary groups
+  (see initgroups
+  3).
 
   
 
@@ -114,6 +115,9 @@
   
getuid2
   
+  
+   initgroups3
+  
 
   
 


http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd; [

]>

  
  

  Julianne Frances
  Haugh
  Creation, 1991


  Thomas
  Kłoczko
  kloc...@pld.org.pl
  shadow-utils maintainer, 2000 - 2007


  Nicolas
  François
  nicolas.franc...@centraliens.net
  shadow-utils maintainer, 2007 - now

  
  
id
1
User Commands
shadow-utils
_UTILS_VERSION;
  
  
id
display current user and group ID names
  

  

  id-a 

  

  
DESCRIPTION

  The id command displays the current real and
  effective user and group ID names or values. If the value does not
  have a corresponding entry in /etc/passwd or
  /etc/group, the value will be displayed without
  the corresponding name. The optional -a flag will
  display the group set on systems which support supplementary groups
  (see initgroups
  3).

  

  
FILES

  
/etc/group

  Group account information.

  
  
/etc/passwd

  User account information.

  

  

  
SEE ALSO

  
getgid2
  ,
  
getgroups2
  ,
  
getuid2
  
  
initgroups3
  

  

--- shadow-4.8.1/man/groups.1.xml   2019-07-23 17:26:08.0 +0200
+++ shadow-4.8.1_mh/man/groups.1.xml2022-02-21 14:53:33.260598583 +0100
@@ -89,7 +89,9 @@
   
 NOTE
 
-  Systems which do not support concurrent group sets will have the
+  Systems which do not support supplementary groups (see 
+   initgroups3
+  ) will have the
   information from /etc/group reported. The user
   must use newgrp or sg to change
   his current real and effective group ID.


http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd; [

]>

  
  

  Julianne Frances
  Haugh
  Creation, 1991


  Thomas
  Kłoczko
  kloc...@pld.org.pl
  shadow-utils maintainer, 2000 - 2007


  Nicolas
  François
  nicolas.franc...@centraliens.net
  shadow-utils maintainer, 2007 - now

  
  
groups
1
User Commands
shadow-utils
_UTILS_VERSION;
  
  
groups
display current group names
  

  

  groups
  
user
  

  

  
DESCRIPTION

  The groups command displays the current group names
  or ID values. If the value does not have a corresponding entry in
  /etc/group, the value will be displayed as the
  numerical group value. The optional user parameter will display the groups for the
  named user.

  

  
NOTE

  Systems which do not support supplementary groups (see 
initgroups3
  ) will have the
  information from /etc/group reported. The user
  must use newgrp or sg to change
  his current real and effective group ID.

  

  
FILES

  
/etc/group

  Group account information.

  

  

  
SEE ALSO

  
newgrp1
  ,
  
getgid2
  ,
  
getgroups2
  ,
  
getuid2
  .

  

Bug#1006216: shadow: suggestions for man 8 groupadd

[Markus Hiereth]

Source: shadow
Version: 4.8.1
Severity: minor

Hi Serge,

I withdrew the changes you did not appreciate, kept the ones you did no 
comment on and used the suggustions you made.

Attached the respective xml and diff files.

Best regards
Markus



"Serge E. Hallyn"  schrieb am 20. Februar 2022 um 10:33
> On Thu, Feb 17, 2022 at 09:43:59PM +0100, Markus Hiereth wrote:
> > Hi Serge,
> > 
> > today I worked on the message catalogue for groupadd.8
> > 
> > I have no problems with understanding or translating this manual
> > page. Nevertheless there are paragraphs for which I would suggest
> > alternatives explanations. They are alreay in an attached xml-file.
> > 
> > Below, there is a diff with commments that allows you to jugde the
> > suggestions.
> > 
> > Feel free to tell me what changes are welcome.
> > 
> > Best regards
> > Markus
> > 
> > 
> > --- shadow-4.8.1/man/groupadd.8.xml 2019-07-23 17:26:08.0 +0200
> > +++ shadow-4.8.1_mh/man/groupadd.8.xml  2022-02-17 16:30:14.284465573 
> > +0100
> > 

> > Elsewhere, capital letters are used for such arguments 
> > 
> > @@ -72,10 +72,10 @@
> >  
> >groupadd
> >
> > -   options
> > +   OPTIONS
> >
> >
> > -   group
> > +   NEWGROUP
> >
> >  
> >
> > 

> > These two paragraphs come from section CAVEATS, but I think the are
> > necessary parts of the section DESCRIPTION
> > @@ -87,6 +87,15 @@
> >values from the system. The new group will be entered into the system
> >files as needed.
> >  
> > + 
> > +   Groupnames must start with a lower case letter or an underscore,
> > +   followed by lower case letters, digits, underscores, or dashes.
> > +   They can end with a dollar sign.
> > +   In regular expression terms: [a-z_][a-z0-9_-]*[$]?
> > + 
> > + 
> > +   Groupnames may only be up to _NAME_MAX_LENGTH; characters 
> > long.
> > + 
> >
> > 
> > 

> > Changed due to my different view on the attribute "unique". For me, an
> > ID that appears only once is an unique but in our context, it always
> > deals with the relation between names and IDs.
> > @@ -103,10 +112,11 @@
> > 
> >   
> > This option causes the command to simply exit with success
> > -   status if the specified group already exists. When used with
> > -   -g, and the specified GID already exists,
> > -   another (unique) GID is chosen (i.e. -g is
> > -   turned off).
> > +   status if the specified group already exists. When used
> > +   with -g and the specified GID already
> > +   exists, another one is chosen. As result, option
> > +   -g is turned off and the GID points in a
> > +   unique way to NEWGROUP.
> 
> Sorry, the new language is confusing to me.
> 
> Would simply doing 's/another (unique)/a different, unused, /' be
> clearer to you?

Yes it would.

 
> > I just replaced "this value" with "GID" which is used in the line above
> > 
> > @@ -115,8 +125,8 @@
> >   -g, 
> > --gidGID
> > 
> > 
> > - The numerical value of the group's ID. This value must be
> > -   unique, unless the -o option is used. The value
> > + The numerical value of the group's ID. 
> > GID 
> > +   must be unique, unless the -o option is used. The 
> > value
> > must be non-negative. The default is to use the smallest ID
> > value greater than or equal to GID_MIN and
> > greater than every other group.
> 
> Ok.

> > Again, "unique-and-non-unique" stuff 
> > 
> > @@ -159,7 +169,10 @@
> > 
> > 
> >   
> > -   This option permits to add a group with a non-unique GID.
> > +   permits the creation of a group with an already used
> > +   numerical ID. In turn, for this
> > +   GID, the mapping towards group
> > +   NEWGROUP will not be unique.
> 
> The more I see the substitutions, the more I think we should stick to
> using the term "unique" everywhere.

OK

> > Explanation similar to the one in useradd.8 and usermod.8. Provides more 
> > information about the implications.
> > 
> > @@ -169,11 +182,17 @@
> > 
> > 
> >   
> > -   The encrypted password, a

Bug#1006208: shadow: trying to improve man pwck

[Markus Hiereth]

Source: shadow
Version: 4.8.1
Severity: minor

Dear Serge,

in accordance your mail from 2022-02-20 (attached) an edited manual xml file 
and the respective patch file.

Best regards
Markus
On Wed, Feb 16, 2022 at 09:42:34PM +0100, Markus Hiereth wrote:
> Hi Serge and shadow-utils developers
> 
> a few remarks on this manual page. I do not know whether a bug report
> or a patch are appreciated.
> 
> Best regards
> Markus
> 
> 
> 69   
> 70 pwck
> 71 verify integrity of password files
> 72   
>  
> s/verify integrity/verify the integrity
> 
> 
> 
> 75 
> 76   pwck
> 77   options
> 78   
> 79 
> 80   passwd
> 81 
> 82 
> 83   
> 84 shadow
> 85   
> 86 
> 87   
> 88 
> 
> Replaceables appear in capital letters elsewhere, the name of the
> argument shall indicate that the name of the two files is not
> pre-defined, thus write:
> 
> 80   PASSWORDFILE
> 84   SHADOWFILE
> 
> 
> 
> 128   shadow checks are enabled when a second file
> 129   parameter is specified or when /etc/shadow
> 130   exists on the system.
> 
> I think "shadow" in "shadow checks" is meant in a general
> sense. Therefore, if xml is used for mark-up, it should not be the filename 
> element, but the replaceable element. Or write:
> 
> 128 Checks for shadowed password information are enabled when a second 
> 129 file parameter is specified or when /etc/shadow

That's all fine.

> 
> 
> 162 checks will still be made. All other errors are warning and the user
> 163 is encouraged to run the usermod command to correct
> 
> Is "warning" here the participe present from the verb "to warn". In
> case it is the plural of the noun "a warning", add the plural-s. Or write:
> 
> ... All other errors warn the user and encourage him to run the 
> usermod

It's just meant as the plural of warning, so simplest would be to just
say 'All other errors are warnings and..." 

thanks,
-serge
--- shadow-4.8.1/man/pwck.8.xml 2019-10-05 03:23:58.0 +0200
+++ shadow-4.8.1_mh/man/pwck.8.xml  2022-02-21 12:30:25.634576331 +0100
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
   
   
 pwck
-verify integrity of password files
+verify the integrity of password files
   
   
   
@@ -77,11 +77,11 @@
   options
   

- passwd
+ PASSWORDFILE


  
-   shadow
+   SHADOWFILE
  

   
@@ -123,11 +123,10 @@
a valid login shell
   
 
-
 
-  shadow checks are enabled when a second file
-  parameter is specified or when /etc/shadow
-  exists on the system.
+  Checks for shadowed password information are enabled when the second
+  file parameter SHADOWFILE is specified or
+  when /etc/shadow exists on the system.
 
 
   These checks are the following:
@@ -159,7 +158,7 @@
   prompted to delete the entire line. If the user does not answer
   affirmatively, all further checks are bypassed. An entry with a
   duplicated user name is prompted for deletion, but the remaining
-  checks will still be made. All other errors are warning and the user
+  checks will still be made. All other errors are warnings and the user
   is encouraged to run the usermod command to correct
   the error.
 


http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd; [







]>

  
  

  Julianne Frances
  Haugh
  Creation, 1992


  Thomas
  Kłoczko
  kloc...@pld.org.pl
  shadow-utils maintainer, 2000 - 2007


  Nicolas
  François
  nicolas.franc...@centraliens.net
  shadow-utils maintainer, 2007 - now

  
  
pwck
8
System Management Commands
shadow-utils
_UTILS_VERSION;
  
  
pwck
verify the integrity of password files
  
  
  

  pwck
  options
  

  PASSWORDFILE


  
SHADOWFILE
  

  

  

  
DESCRIPTION

  The pwck command verifies the integrity of the
  users and authentication information. It checks that all entries in
  /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow
  (or the files in
  /etc/tcb, when USE_TCB is
  enabled)
  have the proper format and contain valid data.
  The user is prompted to delete entries that are
  improperly formatted or which have other uncorrectable errors.


Checks are made to verify that each entry has:

  
the correct number of fields
  
  
a unique and valid user name
  
  
a valid user and group identifier
  
  
a 

Bug#1004472: Additional information

[Markus Hiereth]

Hi Serge,

i did a few more tests, see the logging of the console.

Findings:

- groupmems expects the password of the user who wants to add another
  user to his group (as You found out too)

- groupmems does not accept the group password for his primary group

- groupmems fails in case the binary has only set the setgid
  bit. Although man groupmems tells that this would be one of the
  preconditions for usage (problem with locking /etc/group)

- groupmems works in case the binary has the setuid bit set (as You
  found out too)

Best regards
Markus


Script started on 2022-02-17 11:04:39+01:00 [TERM="linux" TTY="/dev/tty2" 
COLUMNS="80" LINES="25"]
[?2004htester2@lune:~$ grep tester2 /etc/group
[?2004l
tester2:x:1001:
groups:x:998:tester2
[?2004htester2@lune:~$ groups
[?2004l
tester2 groups

[?2004htester2@lune:~$ /usr/sbin/groupmems -a tester3

[?2004l
Passwort:#input of group password
groupmems: PAM: Fehler bei Authentifizierung
#group password rejected

[?2004htester2@lune:~$ /usr/sbin/groupmems -a tester3
[?2004l
Passwort: 
groupmems: Permission denied.
groupmems: /etc/group konnte nicht gesperrt werden; versuchen Sie es später 
noch einmal.

[?2004htester2@lune:~$ ls -l /usr/sbin/groupmems
[?2004l
-rwx--s--- 1 root groups 66104  7. Feb 2020  /usr/sbin/groupmems
[?2004htester2@lune:~$ ls -l /etc/group
[?2004l
-rw-r--r-- 1 root root 967 17. Feb 10:49 /etc/group

#change group of file group
[?2004htester2@lune:~$ ls -l /etc/group
[?2004l
-rw-rw-r-- 1 root groups 967 17. Feb 10:49 /etc/group

[?2004htester2@lune:~$ /usr/sbin/groupmems -a tester3
[?2004l
Passwort: #input of password of tester2
groupmems: Permission denied.
groupmems: /etc/group konnte nicht gesperrt werden; versuchen Sie es später 
noch einmal.

[?2004htester2@lune:~$ /usr/sbin/groupmems -a tester3
[?2004l
Passwort: #input of group password for groups
groupmems: PAM: Fehler bei Authentifizierung
[?2004htester2@lune:~$ exit
[?2004l
exit

Script done on 2022-02-17 11:20:08+01:00 [COMMAND_EXIT_CODE="1"]
Script started on 2022-02-17 11:32:19+01:00 [TERM="linux" TTY="/dev/tty2" 
COLUMNS="80" LINES="25"]

#setgid bit was remove, setuid bit was set for executable groupmems
[?2004htester2@lune:~$ -lls -l /usr/sbin/groupmems
[?2004l
-rws--x--- 1 root groups 66104  7. Feb 2020  /usr/sbin/groupmems
[?2004htester2@lune:~$ /usr/sbin/groupmems -a tester3
[?2004l
Passwort: #input of password for tester2
 
[?2004htester2@lune:~$ /usr/sbin/groupmems -a tester3
[?2004l
Passwort: #input of group password for groups
groupmems: PAM: Fehler bei Authentifizierung

[?2004htester2@lune:~$ grep tester2 /etc/group
[?2004l
tester2:x:1001:tester3
groups:x:998:tester2

[?2004htester2@lune:~$ exit
[?2004l
exit

Script done on 2022-02-17 11:42:48+01:00 [COMMAND_EXIT_CODE="0"]

Bug#1005253: [Pkg-shadow-devel] Bug#1005253: shadow: Improved manual page useradd.8

[Markus Hiereth]

Hi Serge,

"Serge E. Hallyn"  schrieb am 11. Februar 2022 um 18:13
 
> Thanks.  The diff is especially helpful.  Although a few of these hunks
> appear to be just changes to the line breaks.

> > @@ -219,14 +221,17 @@
> > 
> > 
> >   
> > -   The number of days after a password expires until the account is
> > -   permanently disabled. A value of 0 disables the account as soon
> > -   as the password has expired, and a value of -1 disables the
> > -   feature.
> > +defines the number of days after the password exceeded its 
> > maximum
> > +age where the user is expected to replace this password. The 
> > value
> 
> How about 'number of days after the password exceeded its maximum
> age during which the user may login by immediately replacing this
> password. The value is stored in the shadow password file.'

I also thought that there is something better then "where the user..."


> >   
> > If not specified, useradd will use the
> > -   default inactivity period specified by the
> > +   default inactivity onset specified by the
> 
> "onset" is weird here.

I looked up in a dictionary: "onset is the first attack or beginning
(of something bad)" . There are similar usages: "onset of winter", a
"hard onset" in phonetics, in medicine they speak of the "onset" of a
disease.

What do you think of "begin of inactivity"?

You know I also suggested "grace period". But, expressing it this way,
the connection to inactivity gets lost.

I really dislike "inactivity period" as the user does not define the
duration of inactivity but the number of days he will be able to do
something against a shift of his account into the inactive state.



> > INACTIVE variable in
> > /etc/default/useradd, or -1 by default.
> >   
> > @@ -237,8 +242,9 @@
> >   -g, 
> > --gidGROUP
> > 
> > 
> > + 
> 
> This i assume is leftover marker to be dropped.

Sure.


> > @@ -398,10 +407,18 @@
> >   -o, --non-unique
> > 
> > 
> > - Allow the creation of a user account with a duplicate 
> > (non-unique) UID.
> > + 
> > +   allows the creation of an account with an already existing
> > +   UID.
> > + 
> >   
> > This option is only valid in combination with the
> > -   -u option.
> > +   -u option. As a user identity
> > +   serves as
> > +   key to map between users on one hand and permissions, file
> > +   ownerships and other aspects that determine the system's
> > +   behavior on the other hand, more than one login name
> > +   will access the account of the given UID.
> >   
> > 
> >
> > @@ -410,14 +427,25 @@
> >   -p, 
> > --passwordPASSWORD
> > 
> > 
> > + 
 
> Drop this?

yes

 
> > @@ -488,11 +516,11 @@
> > 
> > 
> >   
> > -   The name of the user's login shell. The default is to leave this
> > -   field blank, which causes the system to select the default login
> > -   shell specified by the SHELL variable in
> > -   /etc/default/useradd, or an empty string
> > -   by default.
> > +sets the path to the user's login shell. Without this option,
> > +the system will use the SHELL variable 
> > specified
> > +   in /etc/default/useradd, or, if that is as
> > +   well not set, the field for the login shell in /etc/passwd
> > +   remains empty.
> >   
> > 
> >
> > @@ -533,13 +561,16 @@
> >
> >
> > 
> > - -Z, 
> > --selinux-userSEUSER
> > + -Z, --selinux
> > + -userSEUSER
 
> Is the line break here accidental?

Yes. I did not care for line breaks. This is a case where it would be
better avoided or done in another way, without separation of --selinux-user.

> > 
> > 
> >   
> > -   The SELinux user for the user's login. The default is to leave this
> > -   field blank, which causes the system to select the default SELinux
> > -   user.
> > +   defines the SELinux user for the new account. Without this
> > +   option, a SELinux uses the default user. Note that the
> 
> s/a SELinux/SELinux/

Yes.



> > +   shadow system doesn't store the selinux-user, it uses
> > +   semanage
> > +   8 for that.
> >   
> > 
> >
> > @@ -561,7 +592,7 @@
> >   
> >   
> > 
> > - The path prefix for a new user's home directory. The
> > + The path prefix for new users' home directory. The
> 
> the 'a' is more natural in English.

No problen, use the singular



> > @@ -578,7 +609,8 @@
> > -e, 
> > --expiredateEXPIRE_DATE
> >   
> >   
> > -   The date on which the user account is disabled.
> > +   

All of these can be be erased

> > +   The date on which newly created user accounts are 
> > disabled.
> > 
> >   This option sets the EXPIRE variable in
> >   /etc/default/useradd.
> > @@ -590,9 +622,12 @@

Bug#1005253: shadow: Improved manual page useradd.8

[Markus Hiereth]

Source: shadow
Version: 4.8.1
Severity: normal

Dear Serge,

attached to this bugreport the improved file useradd.8.xml and a diff.
A last check is certainly reasonable.

Best regards
Markus


http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd; [




















]>

  
  

  Julianne Frances
  Haugh
  Creation, 1991


  Thomas
  Kłoczko
  kloc...@pld.org.pl
  shadow-utils maintainer, 2000 - 2007


  Nicolas
  François
  nicolas.franc...@centraliens.net
  shadow-utils maintainer, 2007 - now

  
  
useradd
8
System Management Commands
shadow-utils
_UTILS_VERSION;
  
  
useradd
create a new user or update default new user 
information
  
  

  useradd
  
options
  
  LOGIN


  useradd
  -D 


  useradd
  -D 
  
options
  

  

  
DESCRIPTION
  
When invoked without the -D option, the
useradd command creates a new user account using
the values specified on the command line plus the default values from
the system. Depending on command line options, the
useradd command
will update system files and may also create the new user's home
directory and copy initial files.
  
  
By default, a group will also be created for the new user (see
-g, -N, -U, and
USERGROUPS_ENAB).
  
  

  
OPTIONS
The options which apply to the useradd command are:


  

  --badname


  
Allow names that do not conform to standards.
  

  
  

  -b, 
--base-dirBASE_DIR


  
The default base directory for the system if
-dHOME_DIR
is not specified.  BASE_DIR is
concatenated with the account name to define the home
directory.
  
  
If this option is not specified, useradd
will use the base directory specified by the
HOME variable in
/etc/default/useradd, or
/home by default.
  

  
  

  -c, 
--commentCOMMENT


  
Any text string. It is generally a short description of the
account, and is currently used as the field for the user's full
name.
  

  
  

  -d, 
--home-dirHOME_DIR


  
The new user will be created using
HOME_DIR as the value for the
user's login directory. The default is to append the
LOGIN name to
BASE_DIR and use that as the
login directory name.  If the directory
HOME_DIR does not exist, then
it will be created unless the -M option
is specified.
  

  
  

  -D, --defaults


  
See below, the subsection "Changing the default values".
  

  
  

  -e, 
--expiredateEXPIRE_DATE


  
The date on which the user account will be disabled. The date is
specified in the format -MM-DD.
  
  
If not specified, useradd will use the
default expiry date specified by the EXPIRE
variable in /etc/default/useradd, or
an empty string (no expiry) by default.
  

  
  

  -f, 
--inactiveINACTIVE


  
defines the number of days after the password exceeded its maximum
age where the user is expected to replace this password. The value
is stored in the shadow password file. An input of 0 will disable an
expired password with no delay. An input of -1 will blank the
respective field in the shadow password file. See 
shadow5
for more information.
  
  
If not specified, useradd will use the
default inactivity onset specified by the
INACTIVE variable in
/etc/default/useradd, or -1 by default.
  

  
  

  -g, 
--gidGROUP


  
  
The name or the number of the user's primary group. The
group name must exist. A group number must refer to an already
existing group.
  
  
If not specified, the behavior of useradd
will depend on the USERGROUPS_ENAB variable
in /etc/login.defs. If this variable is
set to yes (or
-U/--user-group is specified on the command
line), a group will be created for the user, with the same

Bug#1004688: shadow: Improved version of manual page chfn

[Markus Hiereth]

Source: shadow
Version: 4.8.1
Severity: normal

Hi Serge,

attached here, the edited xml file of the manual page and a diff file. In
the first phrase of the description section I introduced/mentioned the
file /etc/passwd to help understanding why we refer to the input data
as "fields". I hope this is OK.

Best regards
Markus

---

"Serge E. Hallyn"  schrieb am 31. Januar 2022 um 05:03

> On Tue, Jan 25, 2022 at 03:47:09PM +0100, Markus Hiereth wrote:
> > Hi Serge,
> > 
> > attached four strings from chfn. There is one error, the others are
> > minor points where things could be improved when eliminating the error in 
> > the xml file for the manpage.
> > 
> > Best regards
> > Markus
> 
> > #MH111 As "real name" is only used once and even the command's description
> > #uses "full name" instead of "real name" and chfn focusses on the GECOS 
> > field:
> > s/real user name and information /full user name and other GECOS data
> 
> Good point, and switching 'real name' for 'full name' seems sensible
> given that 'chfn' (AFAIK) stands for 'change full name' :)
> 
> Many users won't know what GECOS means, so in the command's description
> I'd rather leave it as "and information".

OK


> > #MH170:
> > #Called by any user with the exeption of the system administrator, chfn 
> > expects
> > #authentification with the user's password, therefore: add somewhere 
> > #"A normal user needs to authentficate himself to change personal data."
> > #Called by the system administrator without specifying an account, changes 
> > affect his own account
> > #Called by the system adiminstrator and with a specified username, changes 
> > will affect this users account
> > #FIXME
> > #s/Without options, /Without LOGIN as argument.
> 
> I would prefer "If LOGIN is not specified,"

Just the phrase dealing with no LOGIN has gone up to the section DESCRIPTION


 
> > #MH
> > #move this paragraph which does not deal with options away from section
> > #OPTIONS towards section DESCRIPTION
> > #: chfn.1.xml:181(para)
> > msgid ""
> > "If none of the options are selected, chfn operates in 
> > an "
> > "interactive fashion, prompting the user with the current values for all of 
> > "
> > "the fields. Enter the new value to change the field, or leave the line 
> > blank "
> > "to use the current value. The current value is displayed between a pair of 
> > "
> > "[ ] marks. Without options, 
> > chfn > "command> prompts for the current user account."
> 
> If you move that, please make it "If no options are specified,"

The rest remained at place with no changes except starting for "If
none of the options IS selected ..." I assumed none needs singular
form of the verb.


http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd; [




]>

  
  

  Julianne Frances
  Haugh
  Creation, 1990


  Thomas
  Kłoczko
  kloc...@pld.org.pl
  shadow-utils maintainer, 2000 - 2007


  Nicolas
  François
  nicolas.franc...@centraliens.net
  shadow-utils maintainer, 2007 - now

  
  
chfn
1
User Commands
shadow-utils
_UTILS_VERSION;
  
  
chfn
change full user name and information
  

  

  chfn
  
options
  
  
LOGIN
  

  

  
DESCRIPTION

  The chfn command changes the user's full name,
  office room number, office phone number, and home phone number information
  for an account in the respective fields of 
/etc/passwd.
  This information is typically printed by
  
finger1
   and similar programs. A normal user may only change
  the fields for her own account, subject to the restrictions in
  /etc/login.defs. (The default configuration is to
  prevent users from changing their fullname.) The superuser may change
  any field for any account. Additionally, only the superuser may use
  the -o option to change the undefined portions of the
  GECOS field.



  These fields must not contain any colons. Except for the
  other field, they should not contain
  any comma or equal sign. It is also recommended to avoid
  non-US-ASCII characters, but this is only enforced for the phone
  numbers. The other field is used to
  store accounting information used by other applications.


  If LOGIN is not specified, 
chfn
  prompts for the current user account.

  

  
OPTIONS

  The options which apply to the chfn command are:


  

  -f, 
--full-nameFULL_N

Bug#1004472: setup had to be performed / still another problem

[Markus Hiereth]

Dear Maintainer,

the previously reported p
roblem is quite probable due to fact that the setup instruction on groupmems 
hadn't be performs.

This was done meanwhile. 

But groupmem still does not work, see console logs

# system configuration

root@lune:/etc# grep tester2 group
[?2004l
tester2:x:1001:
groups:x:998:tester2

[?2004hroot@lune:/etc# grep tester2 gshadow
[?2004l
tester2:$6$7Y4UXOMu5WCPrn$DhOnnmrdihmp5g9AytktPyuF.kvAsMgL38Syx26tgBEcHF7xUyusX0T92wJYXa1TuRiZFul6VYdLJrG85yJWF/::
groups:!::tester2

[?2004hroot@lune:/etc# grep groups group
[?2004l
groups:x:998:tester2

[?2004hroot@lune:/etc# grep groups gshadow
[?2004l
groups:!::tester2

[?2004hroot@lune:/etc# ls -l /usr/sbin/groupmems
[?2004l
-rwx--s--- 1 root groups 66104  7. Feb 2020  /usr/sbin/groupmems

# trial to use groupmems

[?2004htester2@lune:~$ /usr/sbin/groupmems -l
[?2004l
bash: /usr/sbin/groupmems: Keine Berechtigung

[?2004htester2@lune:~$ /usr/sbin/groupmems -la tester1 tester2
[?2004l
bash: /usr/sbin/groupmems: Keine Berechtigung

Bug#1004472: groupmem: make authentification clear and check interaction with PAM

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: passwd
Version: 1:4.8.1-1
Severity: normal

Dear Maintainer,


   * What led up to the situation?

Checks made for translation of man 8 groupmems 

   * What exactly did you do (or not do) that was effective (or
 ineffective)?

Try to invoke groupmems as user and as systemadministrator

   * What was the outcome of this action?

groupmems asked in both cases for authentification by a password, but does not 
specify which password is expected. There are three possibilies
a) root password from root (however, this does not make much sense)
b) user password for group-owning user (however, this does not make much sense) 
 
c) the group's password

In all cases, I got a PAM authentification failure

   * What outcome did you expect instead?

A snippet from the logfile is attached

Best regards
Markus



-- System Information:
Debian Release: 11.1
  APT prefers stable-security
  APT policy: (500, 'stable-security'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 5.10.0-9-686-pae (SMP w/1 CPU thread)
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=de_DE.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8), LANGUAGE not set
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash
Init: systemd (via /run/systemd/system)
LSM: AppArmor: enabled

Versions of packages passwd depends on:
ii  libaudit1   1:3.0-2
ii  libc6   2.32-4
ii  libcrypt1   1:4.4.18-4
ii  libpam-modules  1.4.0-9+deb11u1
ii  libpam0g1.4.0-9+deb11u1
ii  libselinux1 3.1-3
ii  libsemanage13.1-1+b2

passwd recommends no packages.

passwd suggests no packages.

-- Configuration Files:
/etc/default/useradd [Errno 13] Keine Berechtigung: '/etc/default/useradd'

-- no debconf information
Jan 28 08:42:56 lune sshd[423]: Server listening on 0.0.0.0 port 22.
Jan 28 08:42:57 lune sshd[423]: Server listening on :: port 22.
Jan 28 08:43:10 lune systemd-logind[376]: Watching system buttons on 
/dev/input/event4 (Power Button)
Jan 28 08:43:10 lune systemd-logind[376]: Watching system buttons on 
/dev/input/event2 (Power Button)
Jan 28 08:43:10 lune systemd-logind[376]: Watching system buttons on 
/dev/input/event3 (Sleep Button)
Jan 28 08:43:11 lune systemd-logind[376]: Watching system buttons on 
/dev/input/event0 (AT Translated Set 2 keyboard)
Jan 28 08:43:11 lune systemd-logind[376]: New seat seat0.
Jan 28 08:44:34 lune xdm[480]: pam_unix(xdm:session): session opened for user 
hiereth(uid=501) by (uid=0)
Jan 28 08:44:34 lune systemd-logind[376]: New session 1 of user hiereth.
Jan 28 08:44:35 lune systemd: pam_unix(systemd-user:session): session opened 
for user hiereth(uid=501) by (uid=0)
Jan 28 09:09:01 lune CRON[1274]: pam_unix(cron:session): session opened for 
user root(uid=0) by (uid=0)
Jan 28 09:09:02 lune CRON[1274]: pam_unix(cron:session): session closed for 
user root
Jan 28 09:17:02 lune CRON[1346]: pam_unix(cron:session): session opened for 
user root(uid=0) by (uid=0)
Jan 28 09:17:02 lune CRON[1346]: pam_unix(cron:session): session closed for 
user root
Jan 28 09:34:56 lune login[1406]: pam_unix(login:session): session opened for 
user tester2(uid=1001) by LOGIN(uid=0)
Jan 28 09:34:56 lune systemd-logind[376]: New session 5 of user tester2.
Jan 28 09:34:57 lune systemd: pam_unix(systemd-user:session): session opened 
for user tester2(uid=1001) by (uid=0)
Jan 28 09:35:08 lune login[1406]: pam_unix(login:session): session closed for 
user tester2
Jan 28 09:35:08 lune systemd-logind[376]: Session 5 logged out. Waiting for 
processes to exit.
Jan 28 09:35:08 lune systemd-logind[376]: Removed session 5.
Jan 28 09:35:18 lune systemd: pam_unix(systemd-user:session): session closed 
for user tester2
Jan 28 09:35:24 lune login[384]: pam_unix(login:session): session opened for 
user root(uid=0) by LOGIN(uid=0)
Jan 28 09:35:24 lune systemd-logind[376]: New session 7 of user root.
Jan 28 09:35:24 lune systemd: pam_unix(systemd-user:session): session opened 
for user root(uid=0) by (uid=0)
Jan 28 09:35:25 lune login[1475]: ROOT LOGIN  on '/dev/tty1'
Jan 28 09:36:58 lune usermod[1489]: change user 'tester2' shell from '' to 
'/bin/bash'
Jan 28 09:38:48 lune agetty[1447]: tty2: invalid character 0x1b in login name
Jan 28 09:39:01 lune CRON[1515]: pam_unix(cron:session): session opened for 
user root(uid=0) by (uid=0)
Jan 28 09:39:01 lune CRON[1515]: pam_unix(cron:session): session closed for 
user root
Jan 28 09:39:09 lune login[1513]: pam_unix(login:session): session opened for 
user tester2(uid=1001) by LOGIN(uid=0)
Jan 28 09:39:09 lune systemd-logind[376]: New session 10 of user tester2.
Jan 28 09:39:09 lune systemd: pam_unix(systemd-user:session): session opened 
for user tester2(uid=1001) by (uid=0)
Jan 28 09:45:40 lune groupmems[1647]: pam_unix(groupmems:auth): authentication 
failure; logname=root uid=0 euid=0 tty= ruser= rhost=  user=root
Jan 28 09:45:41 lune groupmems[1647]: Authentication failure
Jan 28 09:46:04 lune groupmems[1651]: pam_unix(groupmems:auth): authentication 
failure; logname=root uid=0 euid=0 tty= ruser= rhost=  user=root
Jan 28 09:46:05 lune 

Bug#1004418: shadow: Improvements for man 8 pwconv

[Markus Hiereth]

Source: shadow
Severity: minor

Dear Serge,

attached the edited xml file for pwconv as discussed in our correspondence 
2022-01-24 / 2022-01-27.

The question whether the two phrases 

 "Some password aging information is lost by pwunconv. 
 It will convert what it can."

are adequate/necessary remained open. Perhaps you edit them on your own.

> Sadly, the last sentence is needed - there is a comment 
> in src/pwunconv.c which explains:
> 
> 187 /*
> 188  * Password aging works differently in the two different
> 189  * systems. With shadow password files you apparently must
> 190  * have some aging information. The maxweeks or minweeks
> 191  * may not map exactly. In pwconv we set max == 1,
> 192  * which is about 30 years. Here we have to undo that
> 193  * kludge. So, if maxdays == 1, no aging information
is
> 194  * put into the new file. Otherwise, the days are
converted
> 195  * to weeks and so on.
> 196  */

I was not aware of these details. I just read that pwunconv and
grpunconv delete the shadowed files as the last step of action. On the
other hand, the plain (main) files have just a field for the password,
but no field for password aging information. Therefore i concluded
that password aging information gets lost completely. (And therefore,

Best regards
Markus
--- shadow-4.8.1/man/pwconv.8.xml   2019-07-23 17:26:08.0 +0200
+++ shadow-4.8.1_mh/man/pwconv.8.xml2022-01-27 09:22:45.352728790 +0100
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@
 pwunconv
 grpconv
 grpunconv
-convert to and from shadow passwords and groups
+convert between the system's shadowed and plain account 
files
   
 
   
@@ -104,9 +104,9 @@
   
 DESCRIPTION
 
-  The pwconv command creates shadow from passwd
-  and an optionally existing shadow.
+  The pwconv command creates 
+  shadow from passwd
+  and an optionally existing shadow.
 
 
   pwconv does not work with
@@ -117,12 +117,12 @@
   using tcb_convert (and re-enable
   USE_TCB in login.defs.)
 
-
+
 
-  The pwunconv command creates passwd from passwd
-  and shadow and then removes shadow.
+  The pwunconv command creates
+  passwd from passwd and
+  shadow and then removes
+  shadow.
 
 
   pwunconv does not work with
@@ -134,16 +134,16 @@
 
 
 
-  The grpconv command creates gshadow from group
-  and an optionally existing gshadow.
+  The grpconv command creates
+  gshadow from group and
+  an optionally existing gshadow.
 
 
 
-  The grpunconv command creates group from group
-  and gshadow and then removes gshadow.
+  The grpunconv command creates
+  group from group and
+  gshadow and then removes
+  gshadow.
 
 
 
@@ -156,12 +156,12 @@
 
   Each program acquires the necessary locks before conversion. 
   pwconv and grpconv are similar. 
-  First, entries in the shadowed file which don't exist in the main file
-  are removed. Then, shadowed entries which don't have `x' as the
-  password in the main file are updated. Any missing shadowed entries
-  are added. Finally, passwords in the main file are replaced with `x'. 
+  First, entries in the shadowed file which don't exist in the plain file
+  are removed. Then, entries in the shadowed file which don't have `x' 
+  as the password in plain file are updated. Any missing shadowed entries
+  are added. Finally, passwords in the plain file are replaced with `x'. 
   These programs can be used for initial conversion as well to update
-  the shadowed file if the main file is edited by hand.
+  the shadowed file if the plain file is edited by hand.
 
 
 
@@ -175,8 +175,8 @@
 
 
   Likewise pwunconv and grpunconv
-  are similar. Passwords in the main file are updated from the shadowed
-  file. Entries which exist in the main file but not in the shadowed
+  are similar. Passwords in the plain file are updated from the shadowed
+  file. Entries which exist in the plain file but not in the shadowed
   file are left alone. Finally, the shadowed file is removed. Some
   password aging information is lost by pwunconv. It
   will convert what it can.
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@
   entries) may cause these programs to loop forever or fail in other
   strange ways. Please run pwck and
   grpck to correct any such errors before converting
-  to or from shadow passwords or groups.
+  to or from shadowed files.
 
   
 


http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd; [






]>

  
  

  Marek
  Michałkiewicz
  Creation, 1996


  Thomas
  Kłoczko
  kloc...@pld.org.pl
  shadow-utils maintainer, 2000 - 2007


  Nicolas
  

Bug#1004011: postfix: updated German message catalogue

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: postfix
Version: 3.6.3-6
Severity: normal

Dear Scott,

attached to this report, there is the updated German po-file.

Please pay attention the sugguestions made as FIXME within.

Best regards
Markus
# Translation of postfix debconf templates to German
# This file is distributed under the same license as the postfix package.
# Copyright (C) Helge Kreutzmann , 2006-2008, 2012, 2014, 
2016.
# Markus Hiereth , 2016, 2018, 2022.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: postfix 3.6.3-6\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: post...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-12-28 14:12-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-01-20 14:40+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Markus Hiereth \n"
"Language-Team: debian-l10n-german \n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"

#FIXME Please consider replacement of "delimiter" (which appears four
#times) by "placeholder" if this meets better the effect of the
#character defined in this configuration step. mh, 2022-01-20

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid "Update configuration to avoid compatibility warnings?"
msgstr ""
"Um Warnungen zu Inkompatibiltäten zu vermeiden, die Konfiguration "
"aktualisieren?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid ""
"This upgrade of Postfix changes some default values in the configuration. As "
"part of this upgrade, the following will be changed: (1) chrooted components "
"will be changed from '-' to 'y' in master.cf, and (2) myhostname will be set "
"to a fully-qualified domain name if it is not already such. The install will "
"be aborted if you do not allow the change."
msgstr ""
"Diese Aktualisierung von Postfix ändert einige Standardwerte der "
"Konfiguration. Dazu gehört: (1) in master.cf wird bei chrooted-Komponenten "
"der Wert '-' durch 'y' ersetzt. (2) »myhostname« wird, falls die Variable "
"noch nicht die Anforderungen an einen voll-qualifizierten Domainnamen (FQDN) "
"erfüllt, in eine solche überführt. Sollten Sie diese Änderungen nicht "
"zulassen, wird die Installation abgebrochen."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "Update main.cf for daemon_directory change?"
msgstr "main.cf für eine Änderung von »daemon_directory« aktualisieren?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid ""
"This upgrade of Postfix changes where daemons are located, and your Postfix "
"configuration explicitly specifies the old location. The install will be "
"aborted if you do not allow the change."
msgstr ""
"Dieses Upgrade von Postfix ändert den Ort von Hintergrundprozessen, Ihre "
"Postfix-Konfiguration spezifiziert allerdings ausdrücklich den alten Ort. "
"Sollten Sie diese Änderungen nicht zulassen, wird die Installation "
"abgebrochen."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid "Update dynamicmaps.cf for 3.0?"
msgstr "dynamicmaps.cf für 3.0 aktualisieren?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid ""
"Postfix version 3.0 changes how dynamic maps are delivered, and your "
"dynamicmaps.cf does not reflect that. Accept this option to convert "
"dynamicmaps.cf to the version required for 3.0."
msgstr ""
"Mit Postfix Version 3.0 ändert sich, wie dynamische Zuordnungen "
"bereitgestellt werden, Ihre dynamicmaps.cf widerspiegelt dies jedoch nicht. "
"Akzeptieren Sie diese Option, um dynamicmaps.cf in die für 3.0 benötigte "
"Version zu konvertieren."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid "Ignore incorrect hostname entry?"
msgstr "Fehlerhaften Hostnamen-Eintrag ignorieren?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid ""
"The string '${enteredstring}' does not follow RFC 1035 and does not appear "
"to be a valid IP address."
msgstr ""
"Die Zeichenkette »${enteredstring}« entspricht nicht RFC 1035 und scheint "
"keine gültige IP-Adresse zu sein."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid ""
"RFC 1035 states that 'each component must start with an alphanum, end with "
"an alphanum and contain only alphanums and hyphens. Components must be "
"separated by full stops.'"
msgstr ""
"RFC 1035 fordert, dass »jede Komponente mit einem alphanumerischen Zeichen "
&qu

Bug#1003936: w3m: Updated German message catalogue

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: w3m
Version: w3m_0.5.3+git20210102-6
Severity: normal

Dear Tatsuya,

with this message, you receive the German version of the latest message 
catalogue

I introduced one FIXME, consider editing the respective file rc.c

Best regards
Markus
# German translation of w3m
# Copyright (C) 2014 THE w3m'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the w3m package.
# Markus Hiereth , 2014,2022.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: w3m 0.5.3\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-24 19:21+0900\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-01-19 09:00+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Markus Hiereth \n"
"Language-Team: German \n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"

#: menu.c:269
msgid " Back (b) "
msgstr " Zurück (b) "

#: menu.c:270
msgid " Select Buffer(s) "
msgstr " Puffer auswählen   (s) "

#: menu.c:272
msgid " Select Tab   (t) "
msgstr " Reiter auswählen   (t) "

#: menu.c:274
msgid " View Source  (v) "
msgstr " Codeansicht(v) "

#: menu.c:275
msgid " Edit Source  (e) "
msgstr " Code bearbeiten(e) "

#: menu.c:276
msgid " Save Source  (S) "
msgstr " Code speichern (S) "

#: menu.c:277
msgid " Reload   (r) "
msgstr " Erneut laden   (r) "

#: menu.c:278 menu.c:285 menu.c:289
msgid "  "
msgstr " -- "

#: menu.c:279
msgid " Go Link  (a) "
msgstr " Ziel öffnen..  (a) "

#: menu.c:280
msgid "   on New Tab (n) "
msgstr "  ..in neuem Reiter (n) "

#: menu.c:281
msgid " Save Link(A) "
msgstr " Ziel speichern (A) "

#: menu.c:282
msgid " View Image   (i) "
msgstr " Bild anzeigen  (i) "

#: menu.c:283
msgid " Save Image   (I) "
msgstr " Bild speichern (I) "

#: menu.c:284
msgid " View Frame   (f) "
msgstr " Frames zeigen  (f) "

#: menu.c:286
msgid " Bookmark (B) "
msgstr " Lesezeichen(B) "

#: menu.c:287
msgid " Help (h) "
msgstr " Hilfe  (h) "

#: menu.c:288
msgid " Option   (o) "
msgstr " Einstellungen  (o) "

#: menu.c:290
msgid " Quit (q) "
msgstr " Programm verlassen (q) "

#: rc.c:62
msgid "External Viewer Setup"
msgstr "Konfiguration für externe Anzeigeprogramme"

#: rc.c:63
msgid "Tab width in characters"
msgstr "Tabulatorbreite in Zeichen"

#: rc.c:64
msgid "Indent for HTML rendering"
msgstr "Einzug bei HTML-Darstellung"

#: rc.c:65
msgid "Number of pixels per character (4.0...32.0)"
msgstr "Anzahl von Pixeln pro Zeichen (4.0 bis 32.0)"

#: rc.c:66
msgid "Number of pixels per line (4.0...64.0)"
msgstr "Anzahl von Pixeln pro Zeile (4.0 bis 64.0)"

# entsprechend Bescheibung aus MANUAL.html, mh 14.10.2014
#: rc.c:67
msgid "Number of remembered lines when used as a pager"
msgstr "Anzahl gemerkter, über die Standardeingabe erhaltener Zeilen"

#: rc.c:68
msgid "Use URL history"
msgstr "URL-Chronik verwenden"

#: rc.c:69
msgid "Number of remembered URL"
msgstr "Anzahl von URLs in Chronik"

#: rc.c:70
msgid "Save URL history"
msgstr "URL-Chronik speichern"

#: rc.c:71
msgid "Render frames automatically"
msgstr "Frames selbstständig darstellen"

#: rc.c:72
msgid "Treat argument without scheme as URL"
msgstr "Eingabe ohne Protokoll-Präfix als URL auffassen"

#: rc.c:73
msgid "Use _self as default target"
msgstr "_self als Standard-Zielfenster verwenden"

#: rc.c:74
msgid "Open link on new tab if target is _blank or _new"
msgstr ""
"Link in neuem Reiter öffnen, falls für Zielfenster _blank oder _new "
"definiert ist"

#: rc.c:75
msgid "Open download list panel on new tab"
msgstr "Downloadliste in neuem Reiter öffnen"

#: rc.c:76
msgid "Display link URL automatically"
msgstr "URL der Links selbstständig anzeigen"

#: rc.c:77
msgid "Display link numbers"
msgstr "Linknummern anzeigen"

#: rc.c:78
msgid "Display decoded URL"
msgstr "URL entschlüsselt anzeigen"

#: rc.c:79
msgid "Display current line number"
msgstr "Aktuelle Zeilennummer anzeigen"

#: rc.c:80
msgid "Display inline images"
msgstr "

Bug#997797: virtaal: Unable to open files

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: virtaal
Version: 0.7.1+git20191021+ds1-2
Severity: important

Dear Maintainer,

after an upgrade from Debian 10 Buster to Debian 11 Bullseye Virtaal has 
become unusable.

Using the menu point "/File/Open" does not yield the file selection window.

Clicking on the link to previously used files yields an error message on 
the desktop and via console:

ERROR:root:MainController.open_file(filename="/home/hiereth/l10n/shadow/shadow_1:4.8.1-1_de.po",
 uri="")
Traceback (most recent call last):
  File "/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/virtaal/controllers/maincontroller.py", 
line 210, in open_file
self.store_controller.open_file(filename, uri, forget_dir=forget_dir)
  File "/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/virtaal/controllers/storecontroller.py", 
line 227, in open_file
self.store = StoreModel(filename, self)
  File "/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/virtaal/models/storemodel.py", line 62, 
in __init__
self.load_file(fileobj)
  File "/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/virtaal/models/storemodel.py", line 149, 
in load_file
self.update_stats(filename=filename)
  File "/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/virtaal/models/storemodel.py", line 172, 
in update_stats
from translate.storage import statsdb
ImportError: cannot import name 'statsdb' from 'translate.storage' 
(/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/translate/storage/__init__.py)
 
The programme starts with these error messages,  

hiereth@lune:~$ virtaal 

ERROR:root:Failed to load plugin "tm"
Could not find plug-in "tm"
Traceback (most recent call last):
  File "/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/virtaal/controllers/plugincontroller.py",
 line 115, in enable_plugin
plugin_class = self._get_plugin_class(name)
  File "/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/virtaal/controllers/plugincontroller.py",
 line 188, in _get_plugin_class
raise Exception('Could not find plug-in "%s"' % (name))
Exception: Could not find plug-in "tm"

ERROR:root:Failed to load plugin "spellchecker"
No module named 'gtkspell'
Traceback (most recent call last):
  File "/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/virtaal/controllers/plugincontroller.py",
 line 117, in enable_plugin
self.plugins[name] = plugin_class(name, self.controller)
  File "/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/virtaal/plugins/spellchecker.py", line 70
, in __init__
import gtkspell
ModuleNotFoundError: No module named 'gtkspell'

ERROR:root:Failed to load plugin "opentran"
Could not find plug-in "opentran"
Traceback (most recent call last):
  File "/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/virtaal/controllers/plugincontroller.py",
 line 115, in enable_plugin
plugin_class = self._get_plugin_class(name)
  File "/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/virtaal/controllers/plugincontroller.py",
 line 188, in _get_plugin_class
raise Exception('Could not find plug-in "%s"' % (name))
Exception: Could not find plug-in "opentran"

TypeError: string argument expected, got 'bytes'
Traceback (most recent call last):
  File "/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/virtaal/views/mainview.py", line 769, in 
_on_file_open
self.open_file()
  File "/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/virtaal/views/mainview.py", line 540, in 
open_file
filename_and_uri = self.show_open_dialog()
  File "/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/virtaal/views/mainview.py", line 604, in 
show_open_dialog
last_path = (pan_app.settings.general["lastdir"] or 
"").decode(sys.getdefaultencoding())

AttributeError: 'str' object has no attribute 'decode'
Traceback (most recent call last):
  File "/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/virtaal/views/welcomescreenview.py", 
line 126, in _on_button_clicked
self.controller.open_file()
  File 
"/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/virtaal/controllers/welcomescreencontroller.py",
 line 70, in open_file
self.main_controller.open_file(filename)
  File "/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/virtaal/controllers/maincontroller.py", 
line 188, in open_file
return self.view.open_file()
  File "/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/virtaal/views/mainview.py", line 540, in 
open_file
filename_and_uri = self.show_open_dialog()
  File "/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/virtaal/views/mainview.py", line 604, in 
show_open_dialog
last_path = (pan_app.settings.general["lastdir"] or 
"").decode(sys.getdefaultencoding())
AttributeError: 'str' object has no attribute 'decode'

It seems the problem has already been reported to the developers of Virtaal:

  7.6.2021:
  I'm getting the same error on debian bullseye.
  (auf https://github.com/translate/virtaal/issues/3323

Best regards
Markus



-- System Information:
Debian Release: 11.1
  APT prefers stable-security
  APT policy: (500, 'stable-security'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 5.10.0-9-686-pae (SMP w/1 CPU thread)
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=de_DE.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8), LANGUAGE not set
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash
Init: systemd (via /run/systemd/system)
LSM: AppArmor: enabled

Versions of packages virtaal depends on:
ii  gir1.2-gtk-3.03.24.24-4
ii  libjs-sphinxdoc   

Bug#993474: open-infrastructure-compute-tools: German translation of the debconf template

[Markus Hiereth]

Source: open-infrastructure-compute-tools
Version: 20210804-2
Severity: normal

Dear Maintainer,

Please find attached the German debconf templates translation,
proofread by the debian-l10n-german mailing list contributors.

This file should be put as debian/po/de.po in your package build tree.

Best regards
Markus Hiereth
# German debconf translation of open-infrastructure-compute-tools
# Copyright (C) 2021 Markus Hiereth 
# This file is distributed under the same license as the 
open-infrastructure-compute-tools package.
# Markus Hiereth , 2021.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: open-infrastructure-compute-tools 20210804-2\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: open-infrastructure-compute-to...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-07-25 10:09+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-08-24 21:28+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Markus Hiereth \n"
"Language-Team: debian-l10n-german \n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"

#. Type: title
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:1001
msgid "container-tools: Setup"
msgstr "container-tools: Einrichtung"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:2001
msgid "machines directory:"
msgstr "Maschinen-Verzeichnis:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:2001
msgid "Please specify the directory that will be used to store the containers."
msgstr ""
"Bitte geben Sie das zum Speichern von Containern vorgesehene Verzeichnis an."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:2001
msgid ""
"If unsure, use /var/lib/machines (default) or /srv/container/system when "
"using shared storage."
msgstr ""
"Wenn Sie unsicher sind, verwenden Sie das Standardverzeichnis /var/lib/"
"machines oder für gemeinsam benutzten Speicher /srv/container/system."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:3001
msgid "config directory:"
msgstr "Konfigurationsverzeichnis:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:3001
msgid ""
"Please specify the directory that will be used to store the container "
"configuration files."
msgstr ""
"Bitte geben Sie das für die Container-Konfigurationsdateien vorgesehene "
"Verzeichnis an."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:3001
msgid ""
"If unsure, use /etc/compute-tools/config (default) or /srv/container/config "
"when using shared storage."
msgstr ""
"Wenn Sie unsicher sind, verwenden Sie das Standardverzeichnis /etc/compute-"
"tools/config oder für gemeinsam benutzten Speicher /srv/container/config."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:4001
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:5001
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:6001
msgid "debconf directory:"
msgstr "Debconf-Verzeichnis:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:4001
msgid ""
"Please specify the directory that will be used to store the container "
"preseed files."
msgstr ""
"Bitte geben Sie das Verzeichnis an, welches die Voreinstellungsdateien für "
"Container speichern soll."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:4001
msgid ""
"If unsure, use /etc/compute-tools/debconf (default) or /srv/container/"
"debconf when using shared storage."
msgstr ""
"Wenn Sie unsicher sind, verwenden Sie das Standardverzeichnis /etc/compute-"
"tools/debconf oder /srv/container/debconf für gemeinsam benutzten Speicher."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:5001
msgid ""
"Please specify the directory that will be used to store the container hooks."
msgstr ""
"Bitte geben Sie das zum Speichern der Container-Hooks vorgesehene "
"Verzeichnis an."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:5001
msgid ""
"If unsure, use /etc/compute-tools/hooks (default) or /srv/container/hooks "
"when using shared storage."
msgstr ""
"Wenn Sie unsicher sind, verwenden Sie da

Bug#961401: Sequence of module loading is relevant

[Markus Hiereth]

Dear Maintainers,

recently I found out that scanner communication is dependent on the
sequence of loading of the two kernel modules ehci-hcd and uhci-hcd.

This sequence may, in normal day-by-day boot procedures, differ. Thus,
the scanner communication fails sometimes; Or, to tell the truth, it
fails more often than it works.

As I managed to make the scanner work by unloading all kernel modules
(rmmod) and afterward loading (modprobe) them manually, I made
variations of the loading sequence.

Meanwhile I found out, that the most simple way to establish
communication with the scanner on the USB bus is to unload only
ehce-hcd and uhci-hcd followed by loading first ehci-hcd and then
uhci-hcd.

Probably this helps you to analyse the problem and serves others who
have similar problems with USB devices as a workaround.

Best regards
Markus Hiereth

Bug#986640: Bugreport for ffmpeg project Bug#986640: ffmpeg: Internationalisation / Localisation of manpages

[Markus Hiereth]

Hello,

Sebastian Ramacher schrieb am  8. April 2021 um 21:39

> This change would ideally be implemented upstream so that also the
> translations are kept up to date on each new upstream release.

report has been transmitted, see https://trac.ffmpeg.org/ticket/9174

I'm going to wait what happens

Cheers
Markus

Bug#986640: ffmpeg: Internationalisation / Localisation of manpages

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: ffmpeg
Version: 7:4.1.6-1~deb10u1
Severity: wishlist

Dear Maintainer,

I recently installed ffmpeg and used the manpages in the package as an 
introduction. Perhaps, some users of ffmeg would appreciate reading 
these manpages in their mother tongue.

A precondition for efficiency in the working field of translation / 
localisation, to the texi-files (like ffmpeg.texi) which are precursors 
of the manpages, respective message catalogue templates (pot-Files) 
should be available.

I've done translations within the German translation team and I am 
convinced that I would be able to convert such files from the texi into 
the groff format which is accepted by the po4a tools which have 
pot-files as output. 

But, in any case, internationalisation an localisation are step that 
need a common approach of maintainers and translators.

Best regards
Markus

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 10.8
  APT prefers stable-updates
  APT policy: (500, 'stable-updates'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 4.19.0-9-686-pae (SMP w/1 CPU core)
Locale: LANG=de_DE.ISO-8859-1, LC_CTYPE=de_DE.ISO-8859-1 (charmap=ISO-8859-1), 
LANGUAGE=de_DE.ISO-8859-1 (charmap=ISO-8859-1)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash
Init: systemd (via /run/systemd/system)
LSM: AppArmor: enabled

Versions of packages ffmpeg depends on:
ii  libavcodec587:4.1.6-1~deb10u1
ii  libavdevice58   7:4.1.6-1~deb10u1
ii  libavfilter77:4.1.6-1~deb10u1
ii  libavformat58   7:4.1.6-1~deb10u1
ii  libavresample4  7:4.1.6-1~deb10u1
ii  libavutil56 7:4.1.6-1~deb10u1
ii  libc6   2.28-10
ii  libpostproc55   7:4.1.6-1~deb10u1
ii  libsdl2-2.0-0   2.0.9+dfsg1-1
ii  libswresample3  7:4.1.6-1~deb10u1
ii  libswscale5 7:4.1.6-1~deb10u1

ffmpeg recommends no packages.

Versions of packages ffmpeg suggests:
pn  ffmpeg-doc  

-- no debconf information

Bug#977880: lftp: Internationalisation for manual page is missing

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: lftp
Version: 4.8.4-2
Severity: normal

Dear Maintainer,

I would suggest that the man page is processed with gettext and a 
pot-file is published. Then I would deliver a German version of it.

Best regards
Markus


-- System Information:
Debian Release: 10.7
  APT prefers stable-updates
  APT policy: (500, 'stable-updates'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 4.19.0-9-686-pae (SMP w/1 CPU core)
Locale: LANG=de_DE.ISO-8859-1, LC_CTYPE=de_DE.ISO-8859-1 (charmap=ISO-8859-1), 
LANGUAGE=de_DE.ISO-8859-1 (charmap=ISO-8859-1)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash
Init: systemd (via /run/systemd/system)
LSM: AppArmor: enabled

Versions of packages lftp depends on:
ii  libc6 2.28-10
ii  libgcc1   1:8.3.0-6
ii  libgnutls30   3.6.7-4+deb10u5
ii  libidn2-0 2.0.5-1+deb10u1
ii  libreadline7  7.0-5
ii  libstdc++68.3.0-6
ii  libtinfo6 6.1+20181013-2+deb10u2
ii  netbase   5.6
ii  zlib1g1:1.2.11.dfsg-1

Versions of packages lftp recommends:
ii  openssh-client [ssh-client]  1:7.9p1-10+deb10u2

lftp suggests no packages.

-- no debconf information

Bug#974691: gtkterm: German message catalogue

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: gtkterm
Version: 1.11-1
Severity: normal

Dear Willem,

attached to this report, You recieve the german message catalogue for 
gtkterm

Consider the following corrections / changes 

#: ../src/cmdline.c:48
msgid "--parity  or -a : partity (default none)\n"
s/partity/parity


#: ../src/cmdline.c:53
msgid ""
"--rts_time_before  or -x : for rs485, time in ms before transmit with "
"rts on\n"
s/rs485/RS-485 as this is the usual Abbreviation

#: ../src/cmdline.c:54
msgid ""
"--rts_time_after  or -y : for rs485, time in ms after transmit with rts "
"on\n"
s/rs485/RS-485 as this is the usual Abbreviation


#: ../src/parsecfg.c:385
#, c-format
msgid ""
"%s(%d)\n"
"There is no closing brace.\n"
s/brace/bracket as braces are {} and brackets are [] and ()

#: ../src/term_config.c:193
msgid ""
"No serial devices found!\n"
"\n"
"Searched the following paths:\n"
"\t/dev/ttyS*\n"
consider s/the following paths/the following device path patterns   (just to 
stress that all usual device files have been probed)

#: ../src/term_config.c:457
msgid "RS485 half-duplex parameters (RTS signal used to send)"
consider s/RS485/RS-485 as this is the usual Abbreviation

Best regards
Markus



-- System Information:
Debian Release: 10.6
  APT prefers stable-updates
  APT policy: (500, 'stable-updates'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 4.19.0-9-686-pae (SMP w/1 CPU core)
Locale: LANG=de_DE.ISO-8859-1, LC_CTYPE=de_DE.ISO-8859-1 (charmap=ISO-8859-1), 
LANGUAGE=de_DE.ISO-8859-1 (charmap=ISO-8859-1)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash
Init: systemd (via /run/systemd/system)
LSM: AppArmor: enabled

Versions of packages gtkterm depends on:
ii  libatk1.0-0  2.30.0-2
ii  libc62.28-10
ii  libcairo-gobject21.16.0-4
ii  libcairo21.16.0-4
ii  libgdk-pixbuf2.0-0   2.38.1+dfsg-1
ii  libglib2.0-0 2.58.3-2+deb10u2
ii  libgnutls30  3.6.7-4+deb10u5
ii  libgtk-3-0   3.24.5-1
ii  libpango-1.0-0   1.42.4-8~deb10u1
ii  libpangocairo-1.0-0  1.42.4-8~deb10u1
ii  libpcre2-8-0 10.32-5
ii  libvte-2.91-00.54.2-2
ii  zlib1g   1:1.2.11.dfsg-1

gtkterm recommends no packages.

gtkterm suggests no packages.

-- no debconf information

-- 

# Translation of gtkterm to German
# Copyright (C) 2002 Sebastien Bacher.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the gtkterm package.
# Chris Leick , 2010.
# Markus Hiereth , 2020.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: gtkterm 1.1-1\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-09 10:39+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-11-13 19:21+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Markus Hiereth \n"
"Language-Team: debian-l10n-german \n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"

#: ../src/buffer.c:164
msgid "ERROR : Buffer is not initialized !\n"
msgstr "FEHLER: Puffer ist nicht initialisiert!\n"

#: ../src/cmdline.c:37
#, c-format
msgid ""
"\n"
"GTKTerm version %s\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"GTKTerm-Version %s\n"

#: ../src/cmdline.c:38
msgid "\t (c) Julien Schmitt\n"
msgstr "\t (c) Julien Schmitt\n"

#: ../src/cmdline.c:39
msgid ""
"\n"
"This program is released under the terms of the GPL V.2\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Dieses Programm wird unter den Bedingungen der GPL V.2 veröffentlicht\n"

#: ../src/cmdline.c:40
msgid "\t ** Use at your own risks ! **\n"
msgstr "\t ** Gebrauch auf eigenes Risiko! **\n"

#: ../src/cmdline.c:41
msgid ""
"\n"
"Command line options\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Befehlszeilenoptionen\n"

#: ../src/cmdline.c:42
msgid "--help or -h : this help screen\n"
msgstr "--help oder -h: Diese Hilfe ausgeben\n"

#: ../src/cmdline.c:43
msgid "--config  or -c : load configuration\n"
msgstr "--config  oder -c: Konfiguration laden\n"

#: ../src/cmdline.c:44
msgid "--port  or -p : serial port device (default /dev/ttyS0)\n"
msgstr "--port  oder -p: serieller Port (/dev/ttyS0 ist voreingestellt)\n"

#: ../src/cmdline.c:45
msgid "--speed  or -s : serial port speed (default 9600)\n"
msgstr ""
"--speed  oder -s: Übertragungsrate des seriellen Ports\n"
"(9600 ist voreingestellt)\n"

#: ../src/cmdline.c:46
msgid "--bits  or -b : number of bits (default 8)\n"
msgstr "--bits  oder -b: Anzahl der Bits (Voreinstellung ist 8)\n&quo

Bug#956409: kwartz-client: German translation of the debconf messages

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: kwartz-client
Version: 1.4-6
Severity: normal

Dear Georges,

attached the po file with the german translations

Best regards
Markus
# German message catalogue for Configuring the kwartz package on Debian systems
# Copyright (C) 2019 Georges Khaznadar
# This file is distributed under the same license as the kwartz-client package.
# Markus Hiereth , 2019, 2020.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: kwartz-client 1.4-6\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: kwartz-cli...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-04-08 16:46+\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-04-08 21:36+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Markus Hiereth \n"
"Language-Team: debian-l10n-german \n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../kwartz-client.templates:1001
msgid "URI (\"Uniform Resource Identifier\") of the LDAP server:"
msgstr "URI (»Uniform Resource Identifier«) des LDAP-Servers:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../kwartz-client.templates:1001
msgid ""
"Please enter the URI of the LDAP server provided by your Kwartz machine. You "
"can use a numeric IP address rather than a symbolic one, in order to "
"minimize failure possibilities when the name service is down."
msgstr ""
"Bitte geben Sie den URI des durch Ihre Kwartz-Maschine bereitgestellten LDAP-"
"Servers an. Nutzen Sie vorzugsweise die numerische IP-Adresse, damit es "
"nicht zu einem Ausfall kommt, wenn der Namensserver nicht verfügbar ist."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../kwartz-client.templates:1001
msgid "It is possible to specify multiple LDAP URIS, separated by spaces."
msgstr "Sie können mehrere, durch Leerzeichen getrennte LDAP-URIs angeben."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../kwartz-client.templates:2001
msgid "LDAP's Base DN (\"Distinguished Name\"):"
msgstr "Der Basis-DN (»Distinguished Name«) für LDAP:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../kwartz-client.templates:2001
msgid ""
"Please enter the DN (\"Distinguished Name\") used as the base of the LDAP "
"service. Many systems use the elements of their domain name for this "
"purpose. For example, the domain \"example.net\" would use \"dc=example, "
"dc=net\"."
msgstr ""
"Geben Sie bitte den DN (»Distinguished Name«, den »hervorgehobenen Namen«) "
"ein, der als Basis für den LDAP-Dienst benutzt wird. Zu diesem Zweck greifen "
"viele Systeme auf Elemente des Domain-Namens zurück; für die Domain "
"»example.net« zum Beispiel »dc=example, dc=net«."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../kwartz-client.templates:3001
msgid "DN (\"Distinguished Name\") of one user:"
msgstr "Der DN (»Distinguished Name«) für einen Benutzer:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../kwartz-client.templates:3001
msgid ""
"Please enter the DN (\"Distinguished Name\") of one unprivileged user "
"already existing in the LDAP directory. Kwartz requires that requests come "
"from an existing user before replying anything."
msgstr ""
"Bitte geben Sie den DN (»Distinguished Name«) eines im LDAP-Verzeichnis "
"schon existierenden und nicht privilegierten Benutzers ein. Um zu antworten, "
"ist Kwartz darauf angewiesen, dass die Anfrage von einem existierenden "
"Benutzer kommt."

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../kwartz-client.templates:4001
msgid "Password of the unprivileged user:"
msgstr "Passwort des nicht privilegierten Benutzers:"

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../kwartz-client.templates:4001
msgid ""
"Please enter the password of the unprivileged user. Kwartz requires that "
"requests come from an existing user before replying anything. This password "
"should not be disclosed, and should be fairly strong."
msgstr ""
"Bitte geben Sie das Passwort des nicht privilegierten Benutzers ein. Um zu "
"antworten, ist Kwartz darauf angewiesen, dass die Anfrage von einem "
"existierenden Benutzer kommt. Das Passwort sollte nicht offengelegt und "
"schwer zu ermitteln sein."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../kwartz-client.templates:5001
msgid "The Samba name of the kwartz server:"
msgstr "Der Samba-Name des Kwartz-Servers:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../kwartz-client.templates:5001
msgid ""
"Please enter the Samba name of the kwartz server; 

Bug#944870: kwartz-client: German translation for the debconf dialogue

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: kwartz-client
Version: 1.1
Severity: normal

Dear Georges,

an undated translation of the message catalogue for debconf 
configuration is attached.

Best regards
Markus

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 10.1
  APT prefers stable-updates
  APT policy: (500, 'stable-updates'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 4.19.0-5-686-pae (SMP w/1 CPU core)
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=de_DE.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8), 
LANGUAGE=de_DE.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash
Init: systemd (via /run/systemd/system)
LSM: AppArmor: enabled
# German message catalogue for Configuring the kwartz package on Debian systems
# Copyright (C) 2019 Georges Khaznadar
# This file is distributed under the same license as the kwartz-client package.
# Markus Hiereth , 2019.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: kwartz-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: kwartz-cli...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-21 19:08+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-11 20:00+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Markus Hiereth \n"
"Language-Team: debian-l10n-german \n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../kwartz-client.templates:1001
msgid "URI (\"Uniform Resource Identifier\") of the LDAP server:"
msgstr "URI (»Uniform Resource Identifier«) des LDAP servers:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../kwartz-client.templates:1001
msgid ""
"Please enter the URI of the LDAP server provided by your Kwartz machine. You "
"can use a numeric IP address rather than a symbolic one, in order to "
"minimize failure possibilities when the name service is down."
msgstr ""
"Bitte geben Sie die URI des durch Ihre Kwartz-Maschine bereitgestellten LDAP-"
"Servers an. Nutzen Sie vorzugsweise die numerische IP-Adresse, wodurch es "
"nicht zu einem Ausfall kommt, wenn der Namensserver nicht verfügbar ist."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../kwartz-client.templates:1001
msgid "It is possible to specify multiple LDAP URIS, separated by spaces."
msgstr "Sie können mehrere, durch Leerzeichen getrennte LDAP-URIs angeben."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../kwartz-client.templates:2001
msgid "LDAP's Base DN (\"Distinguished Name\"):"
msgstr "Der Basis-DN (»Distinguished Name«) für LDAP:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../kwartz-client.templates:2001
msgid ""
"Please enter the DN (\"Distinguished Name\") used as the base of the LDAP "
"service. Many systems use the elements of their domain name for this "
"purpose. For example, the domain \"example.net\" would use \"dc=example, "
"dc=net\"."
msgstr ""
"Geben Sie bitte den DN (»Distinguished Name«, den »hervorgehobenen Namen«) "
"ein, der als Basis für den LDAP-Dienst benutzt wird. Zu diesem Zweck greifen "
"viele Systeme auf Elemente des Domain-Namens zurück. Für die Domain "
"»example.net« zum Beispiel »dc=example, dc=net«."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../kwartz-client.templates:3001
msgid "DN (\"Distinguished Name\") of one user:"
msgstr "Der DN (»Distinguished Name«) für einen Benutzer:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../kwartz-client.templates:3001
msgid ""
"Please enter the DN (\"Distinguished Name\") of one unprivileged user "
"already existing in the LDAP directory. Kwartz requires that requests come "
"from an existing user before replying anything."
msgstr ""
"Bitte geben Sie den DN (»Distinguished Name«) eines im LDAP-Verzeichnis "
"schon existierenden und nicht privilegierten Benutzers ein. Um zu antworten, "
"ist Kwartz darauf angewiesen, dass die Anfrage von einem existierenden "
"Benutzer kommt."

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../kwartz-client.templates:4001
msgid "Password of the unprivileged user:"
msgstr "Passwort des nicht privilegierten Benutzers:"

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../kwartz-client.templates:4001
msgid ""
"Please enter the password of the unprivileged user. Kwartz requires that "
"requests come from an existing user before replying anything. This password "
"should not be disclosed, and should be fairly strong."
msgstr ""
"Bitte geben Sie das Passwort des nicht privilegierten Benutzers ein. Um zu "
"antworten, ist Kwartz darauf angewiesen, dass die Anfrage von einem "
&q

Bug#944868: xserver-xorg-video-mga: x server fails with segmentation fault with Matrox G400

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: xserver-xorg-video-mga
Version: 1:2.0.0-1
Severity: normal

Dear Maintainer,

*** Reporter, please consider answering these questions, where appropriate ***

   * What led up to the situation?

with a new installation of Debian 10 (as well after an upgrade to Debian 
9 which I skipped due to this problem, I have a dual boot system) the X 
servers did not start properly anymore as with Debian 8. I got a 
segmentation fault announced.

References 

  https://lists.debian.org/debian-x/2019/07/msg00069.html
Threads in the xorg mailing lists are 
  https://lists.x.org/archives/xorg/2019-July/059852.html
  https://lists.x.org/archives/xorg/2019-August/059876.html
The discussion there contains logfiles.

Due to suggestions given by the xorg mailing list I found to 
configuration items that avoid the failure:

a) introducing

   Option  "DRI" "False"

b) choosing explicitely a colour depth like 8

   SubSection "Display"
   Viewport   0 0
   Depth 8
   EndSubSection

Best regards
Markus Hiereth


-- Package-specific info:
X server symlink status:

lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 13 Aug 21  2017 /etc/X11/X -> /usr/bin/Xorg
-rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 274 Mar  5  2019 /usr/bin/Xorg

VGA-compatible devices on PCI bus:
--
01:00.0 VGA compatible controller [0300]: Matrox Electronics Systems Ltd. MGA 
G400/G450 [102b:0525] (rev 04)

Xorg X server configuration file status:

lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 16 Sep  8 22:46 /etc/X11/xorg.conf -> xorg_190826.conf

Contents of /etc/X11/xorg.conf:
---
Section "ServerLayout"
Identifier "X.org Configured"
Screen "Screen0"
InputDevice"Mouse0" "CorePointer"
InputDevice"Keyboard0" "CoreKeyboard"
EndSection

Section "Files"
#hinzugefuegt am 29.07.2019 fuer manuell kompilierten Treiber mga
#auskommentiert, da am 10.08.2019 auch Debian-Treiberpaket zum Laufen 
gebracht werden konnte
#ModulePath   "/usr/local/lib/xorg/modules/drivers"
ModulePath   "/usr/lib/xorg/modules"
#die folgenden Font-Verzeichnisse am 27.08.2019 auskommentiert, 
#da sie offenbar immer in den FontPath eingefuegt werden
#FontPath "built-ins"
#FontPath "/usr/share/fonts/X11/misc"
#FontPath "/usr/share/fonts/X11/100dpi/:unscaled"
#FontPath "/usr/share/fonts/X11/75dpi/:unscaled"
#FontPath "/usr/share/fonts/X11/Type1"
#FontPath "/usr/share/fonts/X11/100dpi"
#FontPath "/usr/share/fonts/X11/75dpi"
#hinzugefuegt am 19.08.2019 fuer ttf-Schriftdateien in Paketen
# die nicht von Debian sind
FontPath "/usr/share/fonts/truetype"
FontPath "/usr/lib/cinelerra/fonts"
FontPath "/usr/local/bin/siemens/logo-32bit_8.2/jre/lib/fonts"
EndSection

Section "Module"
Load  "glx"
#Hinzugefuegt und auskommentiert am 11.08.2019 da uebergangen
#Disable "ddc"
#Hinzugefuegt und auskommentiert am 11.08.2019 da uebergangen
#Disable "i2c"
EndSection

Section "InputDevice"
Identifier  "Keyboard0"
Driver  "kbd"
EndSection

Section "InputDevice"
Identifier  "Mouse0"
Driver  "mouse"
Option  "Protocol" "auto"
Option  "Device" "/dev/input/mice"
Option  "ZAxisMapping" "4 5 6 7"
EndSection

Section "Monitor"
Identifier   "Monitor0"
VendorName   "LG"
ModelName"575LE"
HorizSync 48.36
VertRefresh   60.00
Modeline "1024x768"  65.00  1024 1048 1184 1344   768 771 777 806 
-hsync -vsync
#hinzugefuegt am 11.08.2019, da Probieren durch X server wohl unnoetig
#Option hat aber nicht den Effekt, dass nur der angegeben Videomodus 
aktiviert wird
Option "DefaultModes" "False"
EndSection

Section "Device"
Identifier  "Card0"
#hinzugefuegt, um einen der drei Treiber auswaehlen zu koennen
Driver  "mga"
#hinzugefuegt, um einen der drei Treiber auswaehlen zu koennen
#Driver  "fbdev"
#hinzugefuegt, um einen der drei Treiber auswaehlen zu koennen
#Driver  "vesa"
BusID   "PCI:1:0:0"
### Available Driver options are:-
### Values: : integer, : float, : "True"/"False"

Bug#939848: kwartz-client: German translation for the debconf dialogue

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: kwartz-client
Version: 1.0-2
Severity: normal

Dear Georges, cher Georges,

ci-joint le fichier po avec les messages allemands. 

Mit freundlichen Gruessen
Markus 

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 10.1
  APT prefers stable-updates
  APT policy: (500, 'stable-updates'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 4.19.0-5-686-pae (SMP w/1 CPU core)
Locale: LANG=de_DE.ISO-8859-1, LC_CTYPE=de_DE.ISO-8859-1 (charmap=ISO-8859-1), 
LANGUAGE=de_DE.ISO-8859-1 (charmap=ISO-8859-1)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash
Init: systemd (via /run/systemd/system)
LSM: AppArmor: enabled
# German message catalogue for Configuring the kwartz package on Debian systems
# Copyright (C) 2019 Georges Khaznadar
# This file is distributed under the same license as the kwartz-client package.
# Markus Hiereth , 2019.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: kwartz-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: kwartz-cli...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-06-30 19:21+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-09 15:14+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Markus Hiereth \n"
"Language-Team: debian-l10n-german \n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../kwartz-client.templates:1001
msgid "URI (\"Uniform Resource Identifier\") of the LDAP server:"
msgstr "URI (»Uniform Resource Identifier«) des LDAP servers:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../kwartz-client.templates:1001
msgid ""
"Please enter the URI of the LDAP server provided by your Kwartz machine. You "
"can use a numeric IP address rather than a symbolic one, in order to "
"minimize failure possibilities when the name service is down."
msgstr ""
"Bitte geben Sie die URI des durch Ihre Kwartz-Maschine bereitgestellten LDAP-"
"Servers an. Nutzen Sie vorzugsweise die numerische IP-Adresse, wodurch es "
"nicht zu einem Ausfall kommt, wenn der Nameserver nicht verfügbar ist."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../kwartz-client.templates:1001
msgid "Eventually, you can specify multiple LDAR URIS, separated by spaces."
msgstr "Sie können mehrere, durch Leerzeichen getrennte LDAP-URIs angeben."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../kwartz-client.templates:2001
msgid "LDAP's Base DN (\"Distinguished Name\"):"
msgstr "Der Basis-DN (»Distinguished Name«) für LDAP:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../kwartz-client.templates:2001
msgid ""
"Please enter the DN (\"Distinguished Name\") used as the base of the LDAP "
"service. Many systems use the elements of their domin name for this purpose. "
"For example, the domain \"example.net\" would use \"dc=example, dc=net\"."
msgstr ""
"Geben Sie bitte den DN (»Distinguished Name«, den »hervorgehobenen Namen«) 
"
"ein, der als Basis für den LDAP-Dienst benutzt wird. Zu diesem Zweck greifen "
"viele Systeme auf Elemente des Domain-Namens zurück. Für die Domain "
"»example.net« zum Beispiel »dc=example, dc=net«."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../kwartz-client.templates:3001
msgid "DN (\"Distinguished Name\") of one user:"
msgstr "Der DN (»Distinguished Name«) für einen Benutzer:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../kwartz-client.templates:3001
msgid ""
"Please enter the DN (\"Distinguished Name\") of one unpriviledged user "
"already existing in the LDAP directory. Kwartz requires that requests come "
"from an existing user before replying anything."
msgstr ""
"Bitte geben Sie den DN (»Distinguished Name«) eines im LDAP-Verzeichnis "
"schon existierenden und nicht privilegierten Benutzers ein. Um zu antworten, "
"ist Kwartz darauf angewiesen, dass die Anfrage von einem existierenden "
"Benutzer kommt."

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../kwartz-client.templates:4001
msgid "Password of the unpriviledged user:"
msgstr "Passwort des nicht privilegierten Benutzers:"

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../kwartz-client.templates:4001
msgid ""
"Please enter the password of the unpriviledged user. Kwartz requires that "
"requests come from an existing user before replying anything. This password "
"should not be disclosed, and should be fairly strong."
msgstr ""
"Bitte geben Sie das Passwort des nicht privilegierten Benutzers ein. Um zu "
"antworten, ist Kwartz darauf angewiesen, dass die Anfrage von einem "
"existierenden Benutzer kommt. Das Passwort sollte nicht offengelegt und "
"schwer zu ermitteln sein."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../kwartz-client.templates:5001
msgid "the Samba name of the kwartz server:"
msgstr "Der Samba-Name des Kwartz-Servers:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../kwartz-client.templates:5001
msgid ""
"Please enter the Samba name of the kwartz server; this is the name of the "
"server, as seen in Windows' neighborhood."
msgstr ""
"Bitte geben Sie den Samba-Namen des Kwartz-Servers ein. Dies ist der Name "
"des Servers, wie er von der Windows-Umgebung aus gesehen wird."

Bug#939760: kwartz-client: Mistakes in debconf template

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: kwartz-client
Version: 1.0-2
Severity: minor

Dear Maintainer,

when translating the message catalogue, I found some spelling and language 
mistakes.

A diff with my comments is below, a diff for patching attached.

Best regards
Markus Hiereth

-

# "Eventually" in english means "at last" or "finally". I assume "probably" or 
"perhaps" are meant.
38c38
< msgid "Eventually, you can specify multiple LDAR URIS, separated by spaces."
---
> msgid "It is possible to specify multiple LDAP URIS, separated by spaces."

# spelling mistake
52c52
< "service. Many systems use the elements of their domin name for this purpose. 
"
---
> "service. Many systems use the elements of their domain name for this 
> purpose. "

# spelling mistake
66c66
< "Please enter the DN (\"Distinguished Name\") of one unpriviledged user "
---
> "Please enter the DN (\"Distinguished Name\") of one unprivileged user "

# spelling mistake
74c74
< msgid "Password of the unpriviledged user:"
---
> msgid "Password of the unprivileged user:"

# spelling mistake
81c81
< "Please enter the password of the unpriviledged user. Kwartz requires that "
---
> "Please enter the password of the unprivileged user. Kwartz requires that "

# Begin this headline of the debconf dialogue page with a capital letter
89c89
< msgid "the Samba name of the kwartz server:"
---
> msgid "The Samba name of the kwartz server:"
38c38
< msgid "Eventually, you can specify multiple LDAR URIS, separated by spaces."
---
> msgid "It is possible to specify multiple LDAP URIS, separated by spaces."
52c52
< "service. Many systems use the elements of their domin name for this purpose. 
"
---
> "service. Many systems use the elements of their domain name for this 
> purpose. "
66c66
< "Please enter the DN (\"Distinguished Name\") of one unpriviledged user "
---
> "Please enter the DN (\"Distinguished Name\") of one unprivileged user "
74c74
< msgid "Password of the unpriviledged user:"
---
> msgid "Password of the unprivileged user:"
81c81
< "Please enter the password of the unpriviledged user. Kwartz requires that "
---
> "Please enter the password of the unprivileged user. Kwartz requires that "
89c89
< msgid "the Samba name of the kwartz server:"
---
> msgid "The Samba name of the kwartz server:"

Bug#913463: corrected po file

[Markus Hiereth]

Hello

the previously sent po-file contained a line where single quotation
marks appeared that might cause problems. They have been replaced by "
in the attached file.

Best regards
Markus
# Übersetzung des Dialogs zur Konfiguration von shim-signed
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the shim-signed package.
# Markus Hiereth , 2018.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: shim-signed 1.28\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: shim-sig...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-04 08:13+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-11 18:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Markus Hiereth \n"
"Language-Team: debian-l10n-german \n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"

#. Type: text
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid "Configuring UEFI Secure Boot"
msgstr "UEFI Secure Boot konfigurieren"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "Invalid password"
msgstr "Ungültiges Passwort"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid ""
"The Secure Boot key you've entered is not valid. The password used must be "
"between 8 and 16 characters."
msgstr ""
"Der von Ihnen für Secure Boot eingegebene Schlüssel ist ungültig. Das "
"verwendete Passwort muss zwischen 8 und 16 Zeichen lang sein."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid "Disable UEFI Secure Boot?"
msgstr "UEFI Secure Boot deaktivieren?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001 ../templates:5001
msgid ""
"If Secure Boot remains enabled on your system, your system may still boot "
"but any hardware that requires third-party drivers to work correctly may not "
"be usable."
msgstr ""
"Wenn Secure Boot aktiviert bleibt, kann es sein, dass Ihr System zwar "
"noch startet, Sie aber jegliche Hardware, die von Dritten bereitgestellte "
"Treiber benötigt, nicht verwenden können."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid "Enable UEFI Secure Boot?"
msgstr "UEFI Secure Boot aktivieren?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid ""
"If Secure Boot is enabled on your system, your system may still boot but any "
"hardware that requires third-party drivers to work correctly may not be "
"usable."
msgstr ""
"Wenn Secure Boot aktiv ist, kann es sein, dass Ihr System zwar noch startet, "
"Sie aber jegliche Hardware, die von Dritten bereitgestellte Treiber "
"benötigt, nicht verwenden können."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid "Your system has UEFI Secure Boot enabled"
msgstr "UEFI Secure Boot ist auf Ihrem System aktiviert"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid "UEFI Secure Boot is not compatible with the use of third-party drivers."
msgstr ""
"UEFI Secure Boot ist mit von Dritten bereitgestellten Treibern inkompatibel."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid ""
"The system will assist you in toggling UEFI Secure Boot. To ensure that this "
"change is being made by you as an authorized user, and not by an attacker, "
"you must choose a password now and then use the same password after reboot "
"to confirm the change."
msgstr ""
"Das System wird Sie beim Ein- und Ausschalten von UEFI Secure Boot "
"unterstützen. Um sicherzustellen, dass hinter der entsprechenden Eingabe "
"nicht ein Angreifer, sondern Sie als berechtigter Benutzer stehen, müssen Sie "
"jetzt ein Passwort wählen. Dieses ist beim Wiederhochfahren "
"erneut einzugeben, um die Änderung zu bestätigen."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid ""
"If you choose to proceed but do not confirm the password upon reboot, the "
"Secure Boot configuration will not be changed, and the machine will continue "
"booting as before."
msgstr ""
"Wenn Sie fortfahren, aber das Passwort beim nächsten Start nicht bestätigen, "
"bleibt die Konfiguration von Secure Boot erhalten und Ihr Rechner wird "
"starten wie zuvor."

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
msgid "UEFI Secure Boot password:"
msgstr "UEFI Secure Boot Passwort:"

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
msgid "Please ente

Bug#913463: shim: german translation of debconf dialogue

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: shim
Version: 1.28
Severity: normal

Dear Maintainer,

attached to this report is the updated german po-file proofread by the 
german language team.

Best regards
Markus Hiereth
# Übersetzung des Dialogs zur Konfiguration von shim-signed
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the shim-signed package.
# Markus Hiereth , 2018.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: shim-signed 1.28\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: shim-sig...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-04 08:13+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-11 18:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Markus Hiereth \n"
"Language-Team: debian-l10n-german \n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"

#. Type: text
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid "Configuring UEFI Secure Boot"
msgstr "UEFI Secure Boot konfigurieren"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "Invalid password"
msgstr "Ungültiges Passwort"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid ""
"The Secure Boot key you've entered is not valid. The password used must be "
"between 8 and 16 characters."
msgstr ""
"Der von Ihnen für Secure Boot eingegebene Schlüssel ist ungültig. Das "
"verwendete Passwort muss zwischen 8 und 16 Zeichen lang sein."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid "Disable UEFI Secure Boot?"
msgstr "UEFI Secure Boot deaktivieren?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001 ../templates:5001
msgid ""
"If Secure Boot remains enabled on your system, your system may still boot "
"but any hardware that requires third-party drivers to work correctly may not "
"be usable."
msgstr ""
"Wenn Secure Boot aktiviert bleibt, kann es sein, dass Ihr System zwar "
"noch startet, Sie aber jegliche Hardware, die von Dritten bereitgestellte "
"Treiber benötigt, nicht verwenden können."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid "Enable UEFI Secure Boot?"
msgstr "UEFI Secure Boot aktivieren?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid ""
"If Secure Boot is enabled on your system, your system may still boot but any "
"hardware that requires third-party drivers to work correctly may not be "
"usable."
msgstr ""
"Wenn Secure Boot aktiv ist, kann es sein, dass Ihr System zwar noch startet, "
"Sie aber jegliche Hardware, die von Dritten bereitgestellte Treiber "
"benötigt, nicht verwenden können."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid "Your system has UEFI Secure Boot enabled"
msgstr "UEFI Secure Boot ist auf Ihrem System aktiviert"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid "UEFI Secure Boot is not compatible with the use of third-party drivers."
msgstr ""
"UEFI Secure Boot ist mit von Dritten bereitgestellten Treibern inkompatibel."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid ""
"The system will assist you in toggling UEFI Secure Boot. To ensure that this "
"change is being made by you as an authorized user, and not by an attacker, "
"you must choose a password now and then use the same password after reboot "
"to confirm the change."
msgstr ""
"Das System wird Sie beim Ein- und Ausschalten von UEFI Secure Boot "
"unterstützen. Um sicherzustellen, dass hinter der entsprechenden Eingabe "
"nicht ein Angreifer, sondern Sie als berechtigter Benutzer stehen, müssen Sie "
"jetzt ein Passwort wählen. Dieses ist beim Wiederhochfahren "
"erneut einzugeben, um die Änderung zu bestätigen."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid ""
"If you choose to proceed but do not confirm the password upon reboot, the "
"Secure Boot configuration will not be changed, and the machine will continue "
"booting as before."
msgstr ""
"Wenn Sie fortfahren, aber das Passwort beim nächsten Start nicht bestätigen, "
"bleibt die Konfiguration von Secure Boot erhalten und Ihr Rechner wird "
"starten wie zuvor."

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
msgid "UEFI Secure Boot password:"
msgstr "UEFI Secure Boot Passwort:"

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
msgid "Please enter a password for configuri

Bug#907252: postfix: German tranlation of debconf dialogue

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: postfix
Version: 3.3.0
Severity: normal

Dear Maintainer,

attached to this mail, you recieve the po-files with the german messages 
for postfix' debconf dialogue proofread by the German language team

Best regards
Markus Hiereth
# Translation of postfix debconf templates to German
# This file is distributed under the same license as the postfix package.
# Copyright (C) Helge Kreutzmann , 2006-2008, 2012, 2014, 2016.
# Markus Hiereth , 2016, 2018.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: postfix 3.0.3-2\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: post...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-06-17 09:14+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-08-07 21:40+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Markus Hiereth \n"
"Language-Team: debian-l10n-german \n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid "Add a 'mydomain' entry in main.cf for upgrade?"
msgstr "Einen »mydomain«-Eintrag in main.cf beim Upgrade hinzufügen?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid ""
"Postfix version 2.3.3-2 and later require changes in main.cf. Specifically, "
"mydomain must be specified, since hostname(1) is not a fully qualified "
"domain name (FQDN)."
msgstr ""
"Postfix-Versionen ab 2.3.3-2 benötigen Änderungen in der main.cf. "
"Insbesondere muss »mydomain« angegeben werden, da hostname(1) kein voll-"
"qualifizierter Domain-Name (FQDN) ist."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid ""
"Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option to "
"abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this configuration "
"yourself. Accept this option to automatically set mydomain based on the FQDN "
"of the machine."
msgstr ""
"Falls Sie dies nicht korrigieren, wird der E-Mail-Server nicht "
"funktionieren. Verneinen Sie, um das Upgrade abzubrechen und diese Ergänzung "
"selbst vorzunehmen. Akzeptieren Sie, um »mydomain« entsprechend des FQDN des "
"Rechners automatisch zu setzen."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "Set smtpd_relay_restrictions in main.cf for upgrade?"
msgstr "»smtpd_relay_restrictions« in main.cf für das Upgrade setzen?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid ""
"Postfix version 2.10 adds smtpd_relay_restrictions, to separate relaying "
"restrictions from recipient restrictions, and you have a non-default value "
"for smtpd_recipient_restrictions."
msgstr ""
"Um Weiterleitungs- von Empfänger-Beschränkungen zu trennen, gibt es ab "
"Postfix Version 2.10 die Konfigurationsvariable »smtpd_relay_restrictions«. "
"Bei Ihnen entspricht »smtpd_recipient_restrictions« nicht dem Vorgabewert."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid ""
"Failure to do this may result in deferred or bounced mail after the "
"upgrade.  Accept this option to set smtpd_relay_restrictions equal to "
"smtpd_recipient_restrictions."
msgstr ""
"Erfolgt dies nicht, kann es sein, dass E-Mails nach dem Upgrade "
"zurückgestellt (»deferrred«) oder abgelehnt (»bounced«) werden. Bei Annahme "
"dieser Option wird »smtpd_relay_restrictions« übereinstimmend mit  "
"»smtpd_recipient_restrictions« gesetzt."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid "Update configuration to avoid compatibility warnings?"
msgstr ""
"Um Warnungen zu Inkompatibiltäten zu vermeiden, die Konfiguration "
"aktualisieren?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid ""
"This upgrade of postfix changes some default values in the configuration. As "
"part of this upgrade, the following will be changed: (1) chrooted components "
"will be changed from '-' to 'y' in master.cf, and (2) myhostname will be set "
"to a fully-qualified domain name if it is not already such.  The install "
"will be aborted if you do not allow the change."
msgstr ""
"Diese Aktualisierung von Postfix ändert einige Standardwerte der "
"Konfiguration. Dazu gehört: (1) in master.cf wird bei chrooted-Komponenten "
"der Wert '-' durch 'y' ersetzt. (2) »myhostname« wird, falls die Variable "
"noch nicht die Anforderungen an einen voll-qualifizierten Domainnamen (FQDN) "
"erfüllt, in eine solche überführt. 

Bug#905775: lava: German translation of the debconf dialogue

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: lava
Version: 2018.5.post1-2
Severity: normal

Dear Maintainer,

attached the German po-file for the package's debconf dialogue

Best regards
Markus Hiereth
# German translation of the debconf dialogue for lava
# Copyright (C) 2010-2016, Linaro Limited
# This file is distributed under the same license as the lava-server package.
# Markus Hiereth , 2018.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: lava-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: lava-ser...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-11-16 15:40+\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-08-09 12:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Markus Hiereth \n"
"Language-Team: debian-l10n-german \n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../lava-server.templates:1001
msgid "Remove V1 data from database?"
msgstr "V1-Daten aus der Datenbank entfernen?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../lava-server.templates:1001
msgid ""
"If you continue this upgrade, all V1 test data will be permanently DELETED."
msgstr ""
"Wenn Sie dieses Upgrade fortsetzen, werden alle V1-Testdaten dauerhaft "
"gelöscht."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../lava-server.templates:1001
msgid ""
"V2 test data will not be affected. If you have remaining V1 test data that "
"you care about, make sure it is backed up before you continue here."
msgstr ""
"V2-Testdaten sind nicht betroffen. Sollte es noch Ihnen wichtige V1-"
"Testdaten geben, erstellen Sie eine Sicherungskopie, ehe Sie fortfahren."

Bug#905709: open-infrastructure-container-tools: German translation of the debconf dialogue

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: open-infrastructure-container-tools
Version: 20180527-1
Severity: normal

Dear Maintainer,

attached to this bugreport, You recieve the German message catalogue, 
proofread by the German language team, see

  https://lists.debian.org/debian-l10n-german/2018/08/msg00033.html
  https://lists.debian.org/debian-l10n-german/2018/08/msg00037.html

Best regards
Markus Hiereth

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 8.10
  APT prefers oldstable
  APT policy: (500, 'oldstable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 3.2.0-4-686-pae (SMP w/1 CPU core)
Locale: LANG=de_DE, LC_CTYPE=de_DE (charmap=ISO-8859-1)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash
Init: systemd (via /run/systemd/system)
# German debconf translation of open-infrastructure-container-tools
# Copyright (C) 2017 Markus Hiereth 
# This file is distributed under the same license as the open-infrastructure-container-tools package.
# Markus Hiereth , 2018.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: open-infrastructure-container-tools 20180527-1\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: open-infrastructure-container-tools@packages.debian."
"org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-07-23 10:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-08-06 21:31+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Markus Hiereth \n"
"Language-Team: debian-l10n-german \n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"

#. Type: title
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:1001
msgid "container-tools: Setup"
msgstr "container-tools: Einrichtung"

#. Type: string
#. Default
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:2001
msgid "/var/lib/machines"
msgstr "/var/lib/machines"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:2002
msgid "machines directory:"
msgstr "Machines-Verzeichnis:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:2002
msgid "Please specify the directory that will be used to store the containers."
msgstr ""
"Bitte geben Sie das zum Speichern von Containern vorgesehene Verzeichnis an."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:2002
msgid ""
"If unsure, use /var/lib/machines (default) or /srv/container/system when "
"using shared storage."
msgstr ""
"Wenn Sie unsicher sind, verwenden Sie das Standardverzeichnis /var/lib/"
"machines oder für gemeinsam benutzten Speicher /srv/container/system."

#. Type: string
#. Default
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:3001
msgid "/etc/container-tools/config"
msgstr "/etc/container-tools/config"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:3002
msgid "config directory:"
msgstr "Konfigurationsverzeichnis:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:3002
msgid ""
"Please specify the directory that will be used to store the container "
"configuration files."
msgstr ""
"Bitte geben Sie das für die Container-Konfigurationsdateien vorgesehene "
"Verzeichnis an."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:3002
msgid ""
"If unsure, use /etc/container-tools/config (default) or /srv/container/"
"config when using shared storage."
msgstr ""
"Wenn Sie unsicher sind, verwenden Sie das Standardverzeichnis /etc/container-"
"tools/config oder für gemeinsam benutzten Speicher /srv/container/config."

#. Type: string
#. Default
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:4001
msgid "/etc/container-tools/debconf"
msgstr "/etc/container-tools/debconf"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:4002
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:5002
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:6002
msgid "debconf directory:"
msgstr "Verzeichnis des Konfigurationssystems für Debian-Pakete:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:4002
msgid ""
"Please specify the directory that will be used to store the container "
"preseed files."
msgstr ""
"Bitte geben Sie das Verzeichnis an, welches die Voreinstellungsdateien für "
"Container speichern soll."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:4002
msgid ""
"If un

Bug#905653: postfix: improvements for debconf dialog

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: postfix
Version: 3.3.0-1
Severity: minor

Dear Maintainer,

when updating the german po file, I found some points in the English 
messages that could be expressed more clear, more precise.

See the file attached and 
also thread
https://lists.debian.org/debian-l10n-english/2018/08/msg0.html

Best regards
Markus


-- System Information:
Debian Release: 8.10
  APT prefers oldstable
  APT policy: (500, 'oldstable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 3.2.0-4-686-pae (SMP w/1 CPU core)
Locale: LANG=de_DE, LC_CTYPE=de_DE (charmap=ISO-8859-1)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash
Init: systemd (via /run/systemd/system)

Versions of packages postfix depends on:
ii  adduser3.113+nmu3
ii  debconf [debconf-2.0]  1.5.56+deb8u1
ii  dpkg   1.17.27
ii  libc6  2.19-18+deb8u10
pn  libdb4.8   
ii  libsasl2-2 2.1.26.dfsg1-13+deb8u1
pn  libssl0.9.8
ii  lsb-base   4.1+Debian13+nmu1
ii  netbase5.3
ii  ssl-cert   1.0.35

Versions of packages postfix recommends:
ii  python  2.7.9-1

Versions of packages postfix suggests:
ii  emacs24 [mail-reader] 24.4+1-5+deb8u1
ii  heirloom-mailx [mail-reader]  12.5-4
ii  libsasl2-modules  2.1.26.dfsg1-13+deb8u1
ii  mutt [mail-reader]1.5.23-3
pn  postfix-cdb   
pn  postfix-ldap  
pn  postfix-mysql 
pn  postfix-pcre  
pn  postfix-pgsql 
pn  procmail  
pn  resolvconf
pn  sasl2-bin 
pn  ufw   

# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-08-05 20:35+\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#REMARK
#The word Postfix is sometimes capitalized "Postfix", sometimes not "postfix"

#REMARK
#Markup of keys, values, etc seems inconsistent through the
#file. E.g. single quotation marks at least when configuration
#parameters are mentioned for the first time.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid "Add a 'mydomain' entry in main.cf for upgrade?"
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid ""
"Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option to "
"abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this configuration "
"yourself. Accept this option to automatically set mydomain based on the FQDN "
"of the machine."
msgstr ""

> s/to add this configuration yourself/to configure this item yourself

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid ""
"This upgrade of postfix changes some default values in the configuration. As "
"part of this upgrade, the following will be changed: (1) chrooted components "
"will be changed from '-' to 'y' in master.cf, and (2) myhostname will be set "
"to a fully-qualified domain name if it is not already such.  The install "
"will be aborted if you do not allow the change."
msgstr ""

#REMARK
# Several times, there are double spaces in the document. Here within
# "such. This install"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid ""
"This upgrade of postfix drops the \"lmtp\" symlink, and your configuration "
"(master.cf) refers to it: lmtp was merged into smtp long ago.  The install "
"will be aborted if you do not allow the change."
msgstr ""


my suggestion
s
/This upgrade of postfix drops the \"lmtp\" symlink, and your configuration
(master.cf) refers to it
/This upgrade of postfix drops the symbolic link to a postfix binary for lmtp
but your configuration file master.cf still refers to it

suggestion of Justin
s
/This upgrade of postfix drops the \"lmtp\" symlink, and your configuration
(master.cf) refers to it: lmtp was merged into smtp long ago. 
/
The master.cf file still references the symlink to an lmtp binary
which is dropped in this upgrade  (it was merged with the smtp binary long ago).


#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:9001
msgid "Correct retry entry in master.cf for upgrade?"
msgstr ""

s/Correct retry entry in/Correct item 'retry' in


#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:9001
msgid ""
"Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option to "
"abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this configuration "
"yourself. Accept this option to automatically make master.cf compatible with "
"Postfix 2.4 in this respect."
msgstr ""

s/to add this configuration yourself/to add this configuration item yourself


#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: 

Bug#886627: wdm: German debconf translation update

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: wdm
Version: 1.28-22
Severity: normal

Dear Maintainer,

attached to this mail, You receive the updated German message catalog 
proofread by the German Language Team.

Best Regards
Markus

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 8.10
  APT prefers oldstable
  APT policy: (500, 'oldstable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 3.2.0-4-686-pae (SMP w/1 CPU core)
Locale: LANG=de_DE, LC_CTYPE=de_DE (charmap=ISO-8859-1)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash
Init: systemd (via /run/systemd/system)
# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
# this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans#
# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
# Erik Schanze <m...@erikschanze.de>, 2004.
# Markus Hiereth <translat...@hiereth.de>, 2017, 2018.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: wdm_1.27-1_de\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: w...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-08 21:22+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-01-02 12:02+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Markus Hiereth <translat...@hiereth.de>\n"
"Language-Team: debian-l10n-german <debian-l10n-ger...@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid "Desired default display manager."
msgstr "Als Standard gewünschter Display-Manager."

#! TODO: It would be better to write that a display manager is a "graphical programm"
#! or that it "provides a graphical dialogue for logging in to a X Window System"
#! (mh, 2017-12-24)
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid ""
"A display manager is a program that provides graphical login capabilities "
"for the X Window System."
msgstr ""
"Ein Display-Manager ist ein Programm mit grafischer Oberfläche zur Anmeldung "
"an einem X-Window-System."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid ""
"Only one display manager can manage a given X server, but multiple display "
"manager packages are installed.  Please select which display manager should "
"run by default."
msgstr ""
"Es sind mehrere Display-Manager installiert, aber nur einer kann einen "
"bestimmten X-Server verwalten. Bitte wählen Sie den Display-Manager, der "
"standardmäßig ausgeführt werden soll."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid ""
"(Multiple display managers can run simultaneously if they are configured to "
"manage different servers; to achieve this, configure the display managers "
"accordingly, edit each of their init scripts in /etc/init.d, and disable the "
"check for a default display manager.)"
msgstr ""
"(Mehrere Display-Manager können gleichzeitig laufen, wenn sie so eingestellt "
"sind, dass sie verschiedene Server verwalten. Um das zu erreichen, richten "
"Sie die Display-Manager entsprechend ein: Ändern Sie deren Init-Skripte im "
"Verzeichnis /etc/init.d und deaktivieren Sie den Test auf einen Standard-"
"Display-Manager.)"

Bug#886031: fontconfig: German localization of debconf message catalogue

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: fontconfig
Version: 2.12.6-0.1
Severity: normal


Dear Maintainer,

a German version of the debconf message catalogue is attached.
It has been proofread in 

https://lists.debian.org/debian-l10n-german/2017/12/msg00098.html

Best regards
Markus
# translation of fontconfig_2.4.2-1.2_de.po to German
# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
# this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans#
# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
# Erik Schanze <er...@debian.org>, 2004-2007.
# Markus Hiereth <translat...@hiereth.de>, 2017.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: fontconfig_2.4.2-1.2_de\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: fontcon...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-07-05 11:29+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-12-24 11:20+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Markus Hiereth <translat...@hiereth.de>\n"
"Language-Team: debian-l10n-german <debian-l10n-ger...@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../fontconfig-config.templates:2001
msgid "Native"
msgstr "nativ"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../fontconfig-config.templates:2001
msgid "Autohinter"
msgstr "Autohinter"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../fontconfig-config.templates:2001 ../fontconfig-config.templates:3001
msgid "None"
msgstr "keine"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../fontconfig-config.templates:2002
msgid "Font tuning method for screen (system default):"
msgstr "Schriftabgleich-Methode für den Bildschirm (Systemvorgabe):"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../fontconfig-config.templates:2002
msgid ""
"Please select the preferred method for tuning fonts for screen rendering."
msgstr ""
"Bitte wählen Sie zur Bildschirmdarstellung die bevorzugte Methode zum "
"Schriftabgleich (font tuning) aus."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../fontconfig-config.templates:2002
msgid ""
"Select 'Native' if you mostly use DejaVu (the default in Debian) or any of "
"the Microsoft fonts. Select 'Autohinter' if you mostly use other TrueType "
"fonts. Select 'None' if you want blurry text."
msgstr ""
"Wählen Sie »nativ« aus, wenn Sie überwiegend DejaVu (Standard in Debian) "
"oder Microsoft-Schriften verwenden. Wählen Sie »Autohinter« aus, wenn Sie "
"überwiegend andere True-Type-Schriften verwenden. Wählen Sie »keine« aus, "
"wenn Sie verschwommenen Text wollen."

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../fontconfig-config.templates:3001
msgid "Slight"
msgstr "gering"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../fontconfig-config.templates:3001
msgid "Medium"
msgstr "mittel"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../fontconfig-config.templates:3001
msgid "Full"
msgstr "voll"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../fontconfig-config.templates:3002
msgid "Automatic font hinting style:"
msgstr "Einstellung für das automatische Font-Hinting:"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../fontconfig-config.templates:3002
msgid ""
"Please select the preferred automatic font hinting style to be used as the "
"system default."
msgstr "Bitte wählen Sie, inwieweit Font-Hinting standardmäßig angewendet wird."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../fontconfig-config.templates:3002
msgid ""
"The hinting style is the amount of font reshaping done to line up to the "
"grid. \"Slight\" will make the font more fuzzy to line up to the grid but "
"will be better in retaining font shape, while \"Full\" will be a crisp font "
"that aligns well to the pixel grid but will lose a greater amount of font "
"shape. \"Slight\" is the default setting."
msgstr ""
"Mit der Einstellung für das Font-Hinting geben Sie an, inwieweit die Form "
"der Schrift zur Darstellung im Raster von Bildschirmpunkten verändert wird. "
"»Gering« lässt die Schrift beim Einfügen in das Raster undeutlicher werden, "
"erhält ihre Form aber besser. »Voll« hingegen liefert eine scharfe und gut "
"in das Raster überführte Schrift, ihre Form wird dabei weniger gut erhalten. "

Bug#886029: webalizer: German debconf translation update

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: webalizer
Version: German debconf message catalogue
Severity: normal

Dear Maintainer,

attached to this mail, You receive the German debconf message catalogue
proofread by the german localization team.

Best regards
Markus Hiereth
# translation of de.po to German
# German translation for webalizer (debconf).
# Copyright 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Erik Schanze <er...@debian.org>, 2005-2006.
# Markus Hiereth <translat...@hiereth.de>, 2017.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: de\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: webali...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-11-17 23:24+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-12-28 19:13+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Markus Hiereth <translat...@hiereth.de>\n"
"Language-Team: debian-l10n-german <debian-l10n-ger...@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid "Upgrading from a version < 2.01.6"
msgstr "Upgrade einer Version < 2.01.6"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid ""
"WARNING: If you're upgrading from a version < 2.01.6, see /usr/share/doc/"
"webalizer/README.FIRST.gz for details on upgrading your old data!!"
msgstr ""
"ACHTUNG: Sollte noch eine Programmversion vor 2.01.6 installiert sein, "
"entnehmen Sie bitte der Datei /usr/share/doc/webalizer/README.FIRST.gz, wie "
"mit den alten Daten verfahren wird."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "Upgrading from a version < 2.01.10-30"
msgstr "Upgrade einer Version < 2.01.10-30"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid ""
"WARNING: This release will move webalizer.conf file to /etc/webalizer  "
"directory.  New features have been included, too. Please read README.FIRST."
"gz, README.gz and new examples/sample.conf.gz in /usr/share/doc/webalizer "
"directory."
msgstr ""
"ACHTUNG: Ab dieser Version finden Sie die Datei webalizer.conf im "
"Verzeichnis /etc/webalizer. Es wurden auch neue Funktionen hinzugefügt. "
"Bitte lesen Sie die Dateien README.FIRST.gz, README.gz und die neue examples/"
"sample.conf.gz im Verzeichnis /usr/share/doc/webalizer."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid "Directory to put the output in:"
msgstr "Verzeichnis, in dem die Ausgaben abgelegt werden:"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid "Generate a default configuration file ?"
msgstr "Eine Standard-Konfigurationsdatei erzeugen?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid ""
"Note that webalizer always parses the default configuration, so if you plan "
"on using more than one configuration or using the -c parameter, you probably "
"want to say No here."
msgstr ""
"Beachten Sie, dass webalizer immer die Standardkonfiguration auswertet. Wenn "
"Sie also mit mehr als einer Konfiguration arbeiten oder den Parameter -c "
"verwenden wollen, werden Sie hier wohl mit »Nein« antworten."

#. Type: string
#. Default
#: ../templates:5001
msgid "Usage Statistics for[ hostname will be appended ]"
msgstr "Benutzungsstatistik für [Hostname wird angehängt]"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:5002
msgid "Title of the reports webalizer will generate:"
msgstr "Titel der Berichte, die webalizer erstellen wird:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:5002
msgid "(your system's hostname will be appended to it)"
msgstr "(Ihr Rechnername wird daran angehängt.)"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
msgid "Webserver's rotated log filename:"
msgstr "Dateiname der rotierten Protokolldateien des Webservers:"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:7001
msgid "Enable DNSCache Option?"
msgstr "DNSCache-Option aktivieren?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:7001
msgid ""
"Speed up name resolving with the DNSCache option enabled. See /usr/share/doc/"
"webalizer/DNS.README.gz for more information."
msgstr ""
"Die Namensauflösung wird durch die aktive DNSCache-Option beschleunigt. Mehr "
"Informationen finden Sie in der Datei /usr/share/doc/webalizer/DNS.README.gz."

Bug#881369: wodim: Request for Intenationalisation of documentation file of wodim

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: wodim
Version: 9:1.1.11-3
Severity: normal

Dear Maintainer,

please prepare the sources for an integration of localised versions of 
the wodim (1) manual page.

Maybe, a template for the message catalogue, created with 

   po4a-gettextize -f man --option groff_code=verbatim -m wodim.1 -p wodim.1.pot

is helpful. You will find it attached here.

I am subscriber of the mailing list of the German language team and 
would consider providing a localised message catalogue.

Best regards
Markus


-- System Information:
Debian Release: 8.9
  APT prefers oldstable
  APT policy: (500, 'oldstable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 3.2.0-4-686-pae (SMP w/1 CPU core)
Locale: LANG=de_DE, LC_CTYPE=de_DE (charmap=ISO-8859-1)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash
Init: systemd (via /run/systemd/system)

Versions of packages wodim depends on:
ii  libc62.19-18+deb8u10
ii  libcap2  1:2.24-8

Versions of packages wodim recommends:
ii  genisoimage  9:1.1.11-3

Versions of packages wodim suggests:
pn  cdrkit-doc  

-- no debconf information
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-11-10 20:34+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. type: TH
#: wodim.1:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "wodim"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: wodim.1:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "Version 2.0"
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: wodim.1:38
#, no-wrap
msgid "NAME"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: wodim.1:40
msgid "wodim - write data to optical disk media"
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: wodim.1:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: wodim.1:43
msgid "B [I] I.\\|.\\|.I"
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: wodim.1:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "NOTE"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: wodim.1:50
msgid ""
"There may be similarities and differences between this program and other "
"disk recording application(s). See the B and B sections "
"below to learn about the origin of B"
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: wodim.1:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: wodim.1:55
msgid ""
"B is used to record data or audio Compact Discs on an Orange Book "
"CD-Recorder or to write DVD media on a DVD-Recorder."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: wodim.1:72
msgid ""
"The I is the device file or label offered by the operating system to "
"access the recorder with SCSI GENERIC (sg) interface. Note that some "
"operating systems may provide separate device nodes for block-oriented and "
"sg access. For example, on older I systems, the sg access was "
"available through I files while the block oriented access was "
"done through associated (but not identical)  I and I "
"(or I ) files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: wodim.1:84
msgid ""
"In any case, the user running B needs read and write access to the "
"particular device file on a Linux system. It is recommended to be root or "
"install the application as suid-root, because certain versions of Linux "
"(kernel) limit the set of SCSI commands allowed for non-root users. Even if "
"usage without root identity is possible in many cases, some device drivers "
"still may fail, show unexplainable problems and generally the problems "
"become harder to debug. The risk for buffer-underruns is also increased. See "
"the I section below for more details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: wodim.1:96
msgid ""
"There is an alternative way of specifying the device, using the traditional "
"SCSI descriptions in form of I "
"specification. However, the success of this method is not guaranteed since "
"it requires an adaptation scheme for your architecture, and the numbers may "
"vary depending on the hardware-internal numbering or on the order of "
"hot-plug device detection. If your operating system does not provide a "
"sufficient framework for keeping this numbers persistent, don't rely on "
"them. See B<-scanbus> and B<--devices> options below for details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: wodim.1:103
msgid ""
"There are emulated SCSI compatible device systems, using the SCSI protocols "
"transported over various hardware/media types. The most known examples is "
"ATAPI (\"IDE burners\") or USB storage (\"external USB case\"). If the "
"pseudo-SCSI b/t/l device address specification is used instead of the native "
"one, you need to prepend the \"devicetype:\" description to the emulated "
"\"bus/target/lun\" device address."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: wodim.1:107
msgid ""
"If a file /etc/wodim.conf exists, the parameter to the 

Bug#881364: cdparanoia: l18n / Please prepare manual page for localisation

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: cdparanoia
Version: 3.10.2+debian-11
Severity: normal

Dear Maintainer,

please prepare cdparanoia source files tree to accept as well localised 
versions of the manual page.

Maybe the attached template created with po4a-gettextize helps, it has 
been derived from 3.10.2+debian-11. 

Thereafter, I could provide a message catalogue for a German manual page 
version.

Best regards
Markus Hiereth

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 8.9
  APT prefers oldstable
  APT policy: (500, 'oldstable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 3.2.0-4-686-pae (SMP w/1 CPU core)
Locale: LANG=de_DE, LC_CTYPE=de_DE (charmap=ISO-8859-1)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash
Init: systemd (via /run/systemd/system)

Versions of packages cdparanoia depends on:
ii  libc6   2.19-18+deb8u10
ii  libcdparanoia0  3.10.2+debian-11

cdparanoia recommends no packages.

cdparanoia suggests no packages.

-- no debconf information
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-11-10 20:20+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <l...@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. type: TH
#: cdparanoia.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "CDPARANOIA"
msgstr ""

#. type: TH
#: cdparanoia.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "11 Sep 2008"
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: cdparanoia.1:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "NAME"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: cdparanoia.1:4
msgid ""
"cdparanoia - an audio CD reading utility which includes extra data "
"verification features"
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: cdparanoia.1:4
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: cdparanoia.1:10
msgid "B [B] B [B] |B<-B>"
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: cdparanoia.1:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: cdparanoia.1:18
msgid ""
"B retrieves audio tracks from CDDA-capable CDROM drives.  The "
"data can be saved to a file or directed to standard output in WAV, AIFF, "
"AIFF-C or raw format.  Most ATAPI and SCSI and several proprietary CDROM "
"drive makes are supported; B can determine if the target drive "
"is CDDA capable."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: cdparanoia.1:23
msgid ""
"In addition to simple reading, B adds extra-robust data "
"verification, synchronization, error handling and scratch reconstruction "
"capability."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: cdparanoia.1:23
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: cdparanoia.1:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-A --analyze-drive>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: cdparanoia.1:30
msgid ""
"Run and log a complete analysis of drive caching, timing and reading "
"behavior; verifies that cdparanoia is correctly modelling a specific drive's "
"cache and read behavior. Implies -vQL."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: cdparanoia.1:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-v --verbose>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: cdparanoia.1:35
msgid ""
"Be absurdly verbose about the auto-sensing and reading process. Good for "
"setup and debugging."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: cdparanoia.1:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-q --quiet>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: cdparanoia.1:39
msgid "Do not print any progress or error information during the reading process."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: cdparanoia.1:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-e --stderr-progress>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: cdparanoia.1:43
msgid "Force output of progress information to stderr (for wrapper scripts)."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: cdparanoia.1:44
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-l --log-summary [file]>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: cdparanoia.1:47
msgid "Save result summary to file, default filename cdparanoia.log."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: cdparanoia.1:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-L --log-debug [file]>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: cdparanoia.1:51
msgid ""
"Save detailed device auto-sense and debugging output to a file, default "
"filename cdparanoia.log."
msgstr ""

#. type: TP
#: cdparanoia.1:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-V --vers

Bug#879009: shim-signed: German debconf translation

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: shim-signed
Version: 1.28
Severity: normal

Dear Maintainer,

Please find attached the German debconf templates translation,
proofread by the debian-l10n-german mailing list contributors.

This file should be put as debian/po/de.po in your package build tree.

Best regards
Markus Hiereth


-- System Information:
Debian Release: 8.9
  APT prefers oldstable
  APT policy: (500, 'oldstable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 3.2.0-4-686-pae (SMP w/1 CPU core)
Locale: LANG=de_DE, LC_CTYPE=de_DE (charmap=ISO-8859-1)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash
Init: systemd (via /run/systemd/system)
# Übersetzung des Dialogs zur Konfiguration von shim-signed
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the shim-signed package.
# Markus Hiereth <markus.hier...@freenet.de>, 2017.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: shim-signed 1.28\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: shim-sig...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-15 14:30+\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-10 11:50+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Markus Hiereth <markus.hier...@freenet.de>\n"
"Language-Team: debian-l10n-german <debian-l10n-ger...@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"

#. Type: text
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid "Configuring Secure Boot"
msgstr "Secure Boot konfigurieren"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "Invalid password"
msgstr "Ungültiges Passwort"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid ""
"The Secure Boot key you've entered is not valid. The password used must be "
"between 8 and 16 characters."
msgstr ""
"Der von Ihnen für Secure Boot eingegebene Schlüssel ist ungültig. Das "
"verwendete Passwort muss zwischen 8 und 16 Zeichen lang sein."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid "Disable UEFI Secure Boot?"
msgstr "UEFI Secure Boot deaktivieren?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001 ../templates:5001
msgid ""
"If Secure Boot remains enabled on your system, your system may still boot "
"but any hardware that requires third-party drivers to work correctly may not "
"be usable."
msgstr ""
"Wenn Secure Boot aktiviert bleiben soll, kann es sein, dass ihr System zwar "
"noch startet, Sie aber jegliche Hardware, die von Dritten bereitgestellte "
"Treiber benötigt, nicht verwenden können."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid "Enable UEFI Secure Boot?"
msgstr "UEFI Secure Boot aktivieren?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid ""
"If Secure Boot is enabled on your system, your system may still boot but any "
"hardware that requires third-party drivers to work correctly may not be "
"usable."
msgstr ""
"Wenn Secure Boot aktiv ist, kann es sein, dass ihr System zwar noch startet, "
"Sie aber jegliche Hardware, die von Dritten bereitgestellte Treiber "
"benötigt, nicht verwenden können."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid "Your system has UEFI Secure Boot enabled."
msgstr "UEFI Secure Boot ist auf Ihrem System aktiviert."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid "UEFI Secure Boot is not compatible with the use of third-party drivers."
msgstr ""
"UEFI Secure Boot ist mit von Dritten bereitgestellten Treibern inkompatibel."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid ""
"The system will assist you in toggling UEFI Secure Boot. To ensure that this "
"change is being made by you as an authorized user, and not by an attacker, "
"you must choose a password now and then use the same password after reboot "
"to confirm the change."
msgstr ""
"Das System wird Sie beim Ein- und Ausschalten von UEFI Secure Boot "
"unterstützen. Um sicherzustellen, dass hinter der entsprechenden Eingabe "
"nicht ein Angreifer, sondern Sie als autorisierter Nutzer stehen, müssen Sie "
"jetzt ein Passwort wählen. Dieses ist zur Bestätigung beim Wiederhochfahren "
"erneut einzugeben."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid ""
"If you choose to proceed but do not confirm the password upon reboot, Ubuntu "
"will still be able to boot on your system but the Secure Boot state will n

Bug#878413: open-infrastructure-storage-tools

[markus . hiereth]

Package: open-infrastructure-storage-tools_20170410
Version: open-infrastructure-storage-tools_20170410-1_templates.pot
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n

Dear Maintainer,

Please find attached the German debconf templates translation,
proofread by the debian-l10n-german mailing list contributors.

This file should be put as debian/po/de.po in your package build tree.

Best regards
Markus Hiereth

# Übersetzung des debconf-Dialoges zum Einrichten von open-infrastructure-storage-tools
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the open-infrastructure-storage-tools package.
# Markus Hiereth <markus.hier...@freenet.de>, 2017.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: open-infrastructure-storage-tools\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: open-infrastructure-storage-to...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-09 19:17+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-10-06 10:44+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Markus Hiereth <markus.hier...@freenet.de>\n"
"Language-Team: debian-l10n-german <debian-l10n-ger...@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"

#. Type: title
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-storage-tools.templates:1001
msgid "storage-tools: Setup"
msgstr "storage-tools: Einrichtung"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-storage-tools.templates:2001
msgid "ceph-log:"
msgstr "ceph-log:"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-storage-tools.templates:2001
msgid "ceph-log stores Ceph cluster log as a logfile, see ceph-log(1)."
msgstr ""
"ceph-log speichert Protokolle des Ceph-Clusters als Logdatei; siehe ceph-"
"log(1)."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-storage-tools.templates:2001
msgid "Should ceph-log be enabled?"
msgstr "Soll ceph-log aktiviert werden?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-storage-tools.templates:3001
msgid "ceph-info:"
msgstr "ceph-info:"

#TODO "website" (i.e. a location) is presumably not what is really
# meant. The authors speak of on overview (i.e a structured page, for example delivered in HTML)
# Therefore, the following german translation is still commented out
#"ceph-info stellt Informationen zum Ceph-Cluster strukturiert (als HTML-Seite) bereit: "
#"siehe ceph-info(1)."
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-storage-tools.templates:3001
msgid ""
"ceph-info shows Ceph cluster information as a website, see ceph-info(1)."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-storage-tools.templates:3001
msgid "Should ceph-info be enabled?"
msgstr "Soll ceph-info aktiviert werden?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-storage-tools.templates:4001
msgid "cephfs-snap:"
msgstr "cephfs-snap:"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-storage-tools.templates:4001
msgid "cephfs-snap creates CephFS snapshots periodically, see cephfs-snap(1)."
msgstr ""
"cephfs-snap fertigt regelmäßig Schnappschüsse von CephFS-Dateisystemen an; "
"siehe cephfs-snap(1)."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-storage-tools.templates:4001
msgid "Should cephfs-snap be enabled?"
msgstr "Soll cephfs-snap aktiviert werden?"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-storage-tools.templates:5002
msgid "cephfs-snap directories:"
msgstr "cephfs-snap-Verzeichnisse:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-storage-tools.templates:5002
msgid ""
"Please specify the directories (space separated) where CephFS are mounted "
"that should be snapshoted."
msgstr ""
"Bitte geben Sie, getrennt durch Leerzeichen, die Verzeichnisse an, in "
"welchen CephFS-Dateisysteme eingebunden sind und von denen ceph-snap "
"Schnappschüsse erstellen soll."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-storage-tools.templates:5002
msgid "If unsure, leave empty."
msgstr "Wenn Sie unsicher sind, geben Sie nichts ein."

#. Type: string
#. Default
#: ../open-infrastructure-storage-tools.templates:6001
msgid "168"
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-storage-tools.templates:6002
msgid "cephfs-snap hourly:"
msgstr "cephfs-snap stündlich:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure

Bug#877858: open-infrastructure-storage-tools: false word, false number in po template file for debconf dialogue

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: open-infrastructure-storage-tools
Version: 20170410
Severity: normal

Dear Maintainer,

1.

#: ../open-infrastructure-storage-tools.templates:3001

in open-infrastructure-storage-tools_20170410-1_templates.pot, though 
the word "website" (i.e. a location) is used, this is quite probable 
this is not what is really meant. The context indicates that the author 
speaks of a structured overview (e.g. a table delivered in an HTML 
document).

2. 

#: ../open-infrastructure-storage-tools.templates:6001

Instead of 168, the msgid should take 169 as suggested value for the 
number of hourly snapshots to keep (see 
#: ../open-infrastructure-storage-tools.templates:6002)

Best regards
Markus Hiereth


-- System Information:
Debian Release: 8.9
  APT prefers oldstable
  APT policy: (500, 'oldstable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 3.2.0-4-686-pae (SMP w/1 CPU core)
Locale: LANG=de_DE, LC_CTYPE=de_DE (charmap=ISO-8859-1)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash
Init: systemd (via /run/systemd/system)

Bug#874560: Two errors in deluser(8) and flaws in adduser(8), adduser.conf(5) and deluser.conf(5)

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: adduser
Version: 3.116
Severity: normal

Dear Maintainer,

following the correction of a bug in the german manual pages to
adduser and deluser
(https://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=685529), the german
translation team noted that the formatting of the four manual pages is
not in accordance with the guidelines man-pages(7).

Together with this bugreport, four groff files with correct formatting
of options, arguments, files-names etc. are passed to your team.

To make it easier to find out what has been changed, You will find as
well commented diff-files. The changes are summarized below. 

To illustrate the results, the manual pages emerging from the source
code files are attached as well as pdf files.

In principle, I am ready to continue this piece of work by making the
subsequent changes in the related german po file.

Best regards
Markus Hiereth

-

1. Information related to all manual page files

1.a) Changes

First line in groff source code that tells emacs that this is a groff
source file has been erased
(.\" Hey, Emacs!  This is an -*- nroff -*- source file.)

The input for the title macro .TH did not conform with man-pages(7)
which asks for " .TH title section date source manual".
Input was changed.

In the input for the title macro .TH a variable VERSION appears.
Maybe there is a script that replaces this by the actual value.
In the files sent, the version number 3.116 appears


1.b) For your interest

In groff source file, now all phrases begin in a new line according
to man-pages(7).

Consider usage of the macros .SY, .OP and .YS in section "Synopsis"
as presented in groff_man(7)

Check whether it is necessary to use the groff code for the character
minus (dash preceeded by a backslash, i.e. \-) within options that
consist of more than one word:
  \-\-remove\-home   versus   \-\-remove-home

There is no Section "Copyright" listed in man-pages(7)
Consider putting these information only as comment in the groff source file



2. Information related to adduser manual page
see attached adduser_3.8, adduser.8_c.diff

2.a) Changes

As suggested in bug report #846242, short options according
to output of --help have been added

"GIDS" has been replaced by "GIDs" as this is the plural of GID


2.b) for your interest

Consider using either "gecos" or "GECOS" troughout the document.



3. Information related to the deluser manual page
see attached deluser_3.8, deluser.8c.diff

3.a) Changes

Short options introduced according to bug report #846242

The notation for backup file names in the section "Options"
(with slashes and $-sign was strange and/or wrong and
differed from the one used in section "Description" and in
deluser.conf(5). Therefore, notation was unified.

The obligatory argument to the option --backup-to was missing and has
been introduced in the text. In section "Description" it was stated
that, by default, the backup file will appear in the current directory,
which is in contradiction to "/" in the explanation of option
--backup-to.


3.b) For your interest

Slight changes in the explanation of the options --remove-home and
--remove-all-files

Formatting with sequences \fI...\fR inside a .BR macro has been done
as three font styles are needed sometimes

The option --force does not appear the section "Options". Consider to
introduce it in the list of options.

Has 'perl modules' in section "Return values" to be replaced with
'perl' according to a changelog entry for Version 3.116?


4. Information related to adduser.conf manual page
see attached adduser.conf_3.5, adduser.conf.5_c.diff

I see no reason for square brackets to appear in the path of home
directories in case GROUPHOMES = true. They have been erased.


5. Information related to deluser.conf manual page
see attached deluser.conf_3.5, deluser.conf.5_c.diff

Explanation to NAME_REGEX has been made shorter and more simple


Best regards
Markus Hiereth

---

-- System Information:

Debian Release: 9.1
  APT prefers oldstable-updates
  APT policy: (500, 'oldstable-updates'), (500, 'stable'), (500, 'oldstable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 4.9.0-3-686-pae (SMP w/1 CPU core)
Locale: LANG=de_DE.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=de_DE.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8), 
LANGUAGE=de_DE.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash
Init: systemd (via /run/systemd/system)

Versions of packages adduser depends on:
ii  debconf [debconf-2.0]  1.5.61
ii  passwd 1:4.4-4.1

adduser recommends no packages.

Versions of packages adduser suggests:
ii  liblocale-gettext-perl  1.07-3+b1
ii  perl5.24.1-3+deb9u1

-- debconf information excluded
.\" Copyright 1997, 1998, 1999 Guy Maor.
.\" Adduser and this manpage are copy

Bug#846242: adduser: manpage should document short options

[Markus Hiereth]

Bonjour Ralf, dear maintainer,

Ralf Treinen schrieb am 29. November 2016 um 15:29

> Package: adduser
> Version: 3.115
> User: trei...@debian.org
> Usertags: colis-shparser
> 
> looking at the source code of adduser reveals that it also accepts some
> short options. Please include these in the manpage along with the 
> equivalent long options. I noticed these since short options are in
> fact used in maintainer scripts, but not document in the adduser manpage.
> AFAICS, the short options are:
> 
> -q for --quiet
> -h for --help
> -v for --verbose

the German translation group noted that text of manual pages
adduser(8) and deluser(8) was not formatted in accordance with
man_pages(7). Mainly arguments printed in capitals instead of italics.

Editing these files gave an opportunity to introduce short
options. According to the output of --help,

  adduser -c file user

should as well work like

  adduser --conf file user

Salut / Best regards
Markus Hiereth

Bug#851978: open-infrastructure-container-tools: German debconf translation

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: open-infrastructure-container-tools
Version: 20161101-lts2-1
Severity: wishlist

Dear Maintainer,

Please find the updated German debconf translation for 
open-infrastructure-container-tools attached.

Please place this file in debian/po/ as de.po for your next upload.

If you update your template, please use 
'msgfmt --statistics '
to check the po-files for fuzzy or untranslated strings.

If there are such strings, please contact debian-l10n-ger...@lists.debian.org
to get the German translation updated

Greetings
Markus
# German debconf translation of open-infrastructure-container-tools
# Copyright (C) 2016 Simon Spoehel <simon.spoe...@open-infrastructure.net>
# This file is distributed under the same license as the open-infrastructure-container-tools package.
# Copyright of this file Markus Hiereth <markus.hier...@freenet.de>, 2017.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: open-infrastructure-container-tools 20161101-lts2-1\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: open-infrastructure-container-tools@packages.debian."
"org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-06-14 21:22+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-01-15 15:26+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Markus Hiereth <markus.hier...@freenet.de>\n"
"Language-Team: debian-l10n-german <debian-l10n-ger...@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"

#. Type: title
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:1001
msgid "container-tools: Setup"
msgstr "container-tools: Einrichtung"

#. Type: string
#. Default
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:2001
msgid "/var/lib/machines"
msgstr "/var/lib/machines"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:2002
msgid "machines directory:"
msgstr "Machines-Verzeichnis:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:2002
msgid "Please specify the directory that will be used to store the containers."
msgstr ""
"Bitte geben Sie das zum Speichern von Containern vorgesehene Verzeichnis an."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:2002
msgid ""
"If unsure, use /var/lib/machines (default) or /srv/container when using "
"shared storage."
msgstr ""
"Wenn Sie unsicher sind, verwenden Sie das Standardverzeichnis /var/lib/"
"machines oder für gemeinsam benutzten Speicher /srv/container."

#. Type: string
#. Default
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:3001
msgid "/etc/container-tools/config"
msgstr "/etc/container-tools/config"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:3002
msgid "config directory:"
msgstr "Konfigurationsverzeichnis:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:3002
msgid ""
"Please specify the directory that will be used to store the container "
"configuration files."
msgstr ""
"Bitte geben Sie das für die Container-Konfigurationsdateien vorgesehene "
"Verzeichnis an."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:3002
msgid ""
"If unsure, use /etc/container-tools/config (default) or /srv/container/"
"container-tools/config when using shared storage."
msgstr ""
"Wenn Sie unsicher sind, verwenden Sie das Standardverzeichnis /etc/container-"
"tools/config oder für gemeinsam benutzten Speicher /srv/container/container-"
"tools/config."

#. Type: string
#. Default
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:4001
msgid "/etc/container-tools/debconf"
msgstr "/etc/container-tools/debconf"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:4002
msgid "debconf directory:"
msgstr "Verzeichnis des Konfigurationssystems für Debian-Pakete:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:4002
msgid ""
"Please specify the directory that will be used to store the container "
"preseed files."
msgstr ""
"Bitte geben Sie das Verzeichnis an, welches die Voreinstellungsdateien für "
"Container speichern soll."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../open-infrastructure-container-tools.templates:4002
msgid ""
"If unsure, use /etc/container-tools/debconf (default) or /srv/container/"
"container-tools/debconf when using

Bug#851972: zoph: German translation of debconf messages

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: zoph
Version: 0.9.4-1
Severity: wishlist

Please find the updated German debconf translation for zoph attached.

Please place this file in debian/po/ as de.po for your next upload.

If you update your template, please use 
'msgfmt --statistics '
to check the po-files for fuzzy or untranslated strings.

If there are such strings, please contact debian-l10n-ger...@lists.debian.org
to get the German translation updated.

Greetings
Markus
# German debconf translation of zoph.
# Copyright (C) the package's copyright holder 2017
# This file is distributed under the same license as the zoph package.
# Copyright (C) for this file Markus Hiereth <markus.hier...@freenet.de>, 2017.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: zoph 0.9.4-1\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: z...@packages.debian.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-12-15 12:45+\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-01-11 19:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Markus Hiereth <markus.hier...@freenet.de>\n"
"Language-Team: debian-l10n-german <debian-l10n-ger...@lists.debian.org>\n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../zoph.templates:1001
msgid "Remove image files (photos) you uploaded ?"
msgstr "Die hochgeladenen Bilddateien (Fotos) entfernen?"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../zoph.templates:1001
msgid ""
"Zoph imports files into, by default, /var/lib/zoph If you decide to remove "
"the zoph package, but wish to keep the photos you uploaded answer yes. To "
"have the files removed, answer no. To be asked at package removal time "
"answer ask."
msgstr ""
"Standardmäßig importiert Zoph Dateien in das Verzeichnis /var/lib/zoph. Wenn "
"Sie das Zoph-Paket entfernen wollen, die hochgeladenen Fotos aber behalten "
"möchten, antworten Sie mit »Ja«. Sollen die Dateien entfernt werden, "
"antworten Sie mit »Nein«. Um zum Zeitpunkt der Paketentfernung gefragt zu "
"werden, antworten Sie mit »Fragen«."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../zoph.templates:2001
msgid "Keep uploaded image files after removal ?"
msgstr "Die hochgeladenen Bilddateien nach Entfernung behalten?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../zoph.templates:2001
msgid ""
"You have imported some photos into /var/lib/zoph, and are removing the zoph "
"package."
msgstr ""
"Sie haben Fotos in das Verzeichnis /var/lib/zoph importiert und entfernen "
"das Paket Zoph. "

Bug#834100: w3m: confusing and probably not usable denotion of input in help panel

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: w3m
Version: 0.5.3-19
Severity: normal

Dear Maintainer,

the help panel displays for some Functions ANSI Escape Codes like ^[[6~, 
^[[5~:

  +,^[[6~,C-v,SPC Move to next page (NEXT_PAGE)
  ESC-v,b,-,^[[5~ Move to previous page (PREV_PAGE)
  g,^[[1~,ESC-<   Go to the first line (BEGIN)
  ESC->,G,^[[4~   Go to the last line (END)
  ESC-TAB,^[[Z,C-uMove to previous link (PREV_LINK)
  ^[[L,^[[28~,^[[2~,^[[E  Popup menu (MENU)
  ^[[28~,^[[2~,C-cClose menu
  C-v,^[[6~,C-f   Go to next page
  C-b,^[[5~,ESC-v Go to previous page

(see 
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ANSI_escape_code#Example_of_use_in_shell_scripting)

I doubt whether these codes are helpful for the normal user. In 
contrast, users with limitations would need information on how to type 
in something like ^[[6~

Therefore, either omit these codes or give an introduction in there 
usage.


-- System Information:
Debian Release: 8.0
  APT prefers stable
  APT policy: (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 3.2.0-4-686-pae (SMP w/1 CPU core)
Locale: LANG=de_DE, LC_CTYPE=de_DE (charmap=ISO-8859-1)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash
Init: systemd (via /run/systemd/system)

Versions of packages w3m depends on:
ii  libc62.19-18
ii  libgc1c2 1:7.2d-6.4
ii  libgpm2  1.20.4-6.1+b2
ii  libssl1.0.0  1.0.1k-3
ii  libtinfo55.9+20140913-1+b1
ii  zlib1g   1:1.2.8.dfsg-2+b1

Versions of packages w3m recommends:
ii  ca-certificates  20141019

Versions of packages w3m suggests:
pn  cmigemo   
ii  man-db2.7.0.2-5
ii  mime-support  3.58
pn  w3m-el
ii  w3m-img   0.5.3-19

-- no debconf information

Bug#834068: w3m: Key combinations presented in help panel inconsistent with MANUAL.html

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: w3m
Version: 0.5.3-19
Severity: normal

Dear Maintainer,

after pressing H, w3m displays the help panel.

The indicated key bindings are not in accordance with the conventions 
presented in MANUAL.html (as well in MANUAL.html of version in 
0.5.3-29), which

- declares that there is the meta modifier key, denoted as "M"

- explain that a space denotes sequential pressing 
of keys and a minus denotes simultaneous pressing of keys.

Instead, the mentioned help panel uses throughout keystroke combinations 
with ESC and -, such as ESC-v.

The problem is, that the ESC key has properties of a switch. Pressed 
once, it modifies a following keystroke, pressed twice, it does not 
modify the following keystroke. It is the ALT key that behaves the way. 
It combines with simultaneously pressed keys but a single stroke on 
this key does not affect keys that are pressed afterwards.

To avoid problems for the user, the online help page shall use the 
same notation as MANUAL.html,

For example, instead of 

 ESC-v,b,-,^[[5~ Move to previous page (PREV_PAGE)

the help panel shall show

 M-v,b,-,^[[5~ Move to previous page (PREV_PAGE)



-- System Information:
Debian Release: 8.0
  APT prefers stable
  APT policy: (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 3.2.0-4-686-pae (SMP w/1 CPU core)
Locale: LANG=de_DE, LC_CTYPE=de_DE (charmap=ISO-8859-1)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash
Init: systemd (via /run/systemd/system)

Versions of packages w3m depends on:
ii  libc62.19-18
ii  libgc1c2 1:7.2d-6.4
ii  libgpm2  1.20.4-6.1+b2
ii  libssl1.0.0  1.0.1k-3
ii  libtinfo55.9+20140913-1+b1
ii  zlib1g   1:1.2.8.dfsg-2+b1

Versions of packages w3m recommends:
ii  ca-certificates  20141019

Versions of packages w3m suggests:
pn  cmigemo   
ii  man-db2.7.0.2-5
ii  mime-support  3.58
pn  w3m-el
ii  w3m-img   0.5.3-19

-- no debconf information

Bug#772341: manpage for w3m in german

[Markus Hiereth]

roff\-Rückwärtsschritte für fette und unterstrichene Zeichen) nicht, sondern
zeige sie stattdessen mittels Caret\-Notation.
.TP 
\fB\-s\fP
mehrere leere Zeilen werden bis auf eine gelöscht
.TP 
\fB\-t\fP \fInum\fP
berücksichtige Tab\-Zeichen so, dass Spalten mit einer Weite von \fInum\fP
Zeichen entstehen
.SS "Datenart\- und Datenkodierungs\-Optionen"
.TP 
\fB\-I \fP\fIcharset\fP
zu benutzende Zeichenkodierung für erhaltene Daten
.TP 
\fB\-O \fP\fIcharset\fP
zu benutzende Zeichenkodierung für auszugebende Daten
.TP 
\fB\-T \fP\fITyp\fP
zu benutzender MIME\-Typ für erhaltenen Daten
.SS "Optionen zur Datenausgabe, mit sofortigem Verlassen des Programms"
.TP 
\fB\-dump\fP
leite die verarbeitete Seite der Standardausgabe zu. Die Option gilt als
gesetzt, wenn der Aufruf beinhaltet, dass die Ausgabe in eine Datei
umgeleitet oder einem weiteren Programm übergeben wird.
.TP 
\fB\-dump_source\fP
leite den Seitenquelltext der Standardausgabe zu
.TP 
\fB\-dump_head\fP
leite die Antwort einer HEAD\-Anfrage für eine URL der Standardausgabe zu
.TP 
\fB\-dump_both\fP
leite Antwort auf HEAD\-Anfrage und Seitenquelltext der Standardausgabe zu
.TP 
\fB\-dump_extra\fP
leite Antwort auf HEAD\-Anfrage, Seitenquelltext und Extrainformation der
Standardausgabe zu
.TP 
\fB\-help\fP
zeige eine Zusammenfassung verfügbarer Funktionen und Befehlszeilen\-Optionen
.TP 
\fB\-show\-option\fP
zeige alle zur Konfiguration verfügbaren Optionen
.TP 
\fB\-version\fP
gibt die Version von \fIw3m\fP aus
.SS "Optionen, die Standards für Einstellungen und Datenquellen außer Kraft 
setzen"
.TP 
\fB\-bookmark \fP\fIDatei\fP
benutze anstelle der Standarddatei bookmark.html für Lesezeichen die Datei
\fIDatei\fP
.TP 
\fB\-config \fP\fIDatei\fP
benutze \fIDatei\fP anstelle der Standardkonfigurationsdatei
.TP 
\fB\-debug\fP
BITTE NICHT BENUTZEN
.TP 
\fB\-o \fP\fIOption=Wert\fP
arbeite mit einer Konfiguration, bei der die Einstellung \fIOption\fP mit
\fIWert\fP belegt ist. Ohne \fIOption=Wert\fP gleichwertig mit 
\fB\-show\-option\fP
.TP 
\fB\-reqlog\fP
Protokolliere Header der HTTP\-Kommunikation in Datei \f(CW~/.w3m/request.log\fP
.SH BEISPIELE   
.SS "Verwendung als Textbetrachter"
.TP 
zwei HTML\-Fragmente zusammengefügt anzeigen
.EX
$ cat header.html footer.html | w3m \-T text/html
.EE
.TP 
zwei Dateien unter Reitern einander gegenüberstellen
.EX
$ w3m \-N config.old config
.EE
.SS "browser\-artige Verwendung"
.TP 
zeige Internet\-Inhalt in monochromem Terminal
.EX
$ w3m \-M http://w3m.sourceforge.net
.EE
.TP 
zeige eingebettete Grafiken an
.EX
$ w3m \-o auto_image=TRUE http://w3m.sourceforge.net
.EE
.TP 
zeige Inhalt aus dem Usenet
.EX
$ w3m \-m nntp://news.aioe.org/comp.os.linux.networking
.EE
.TP 
mit der POST\-Methode Daten für eine URL hochladen 
.EX
$ w3m \-post \- http://example.com/form.php <<<'a=0=1'
.EE
.SS "filterartige Verwendung"
.TP 
konvertiere eine HTML\-Datei in reinen Text von bestimmter Zeilenlänge
.EX
$ w3m \-cols 40 foo.html > foo.txt
.EE
.TP 
übergib den Bestand an Lesezeichen mit zugehörigen Links als reinen Text 
einer Datei.
.EX
$ w3m \-B \-o display_link_number=1 > out.txt
.EE
.TP 
Konvertierung in ein anderes Dateiformat und eine andere Zeichenkodierung
.EX
$ w3m \-T text/html \-I EUC\-JP \-O UTF\-8 < foo.html > foo.txt
.EE
.SS "starte ohne Eingabedaten"
.TP 
begrüße den Benutzer mit einer eingebauten Seite
.EX
$ w3m \-v
.EE
.\".SH Errors
.SH UMGEBUNGSVARIABLEN
\fIw3m\fP weicht auf den Wert der Umgebungsvariablen WWW_HOME aus, wenn das
Programm ohne Zielobjekt aufgerufen wurde.
.SH DATEIEN
.TP 
\f(CW~/.w3m/bookmark.html\fP
voreingestellte Datei für Lesezeichen
.TP 
\f(CW~/.w3m/config\fP
benutzerdefinierte Konfigurationsdatei; gegenüber \f(CW/etc/w3m/config\fP
vorrangig
.TP 
\f(CW~/.w3m/cookie\fP
Ablageort für Cookies; wird beim Verlassen des Programms geschrieben und
beim Aufruf gelesen
.TP 
\f(CW~/.w3m/history\fP
Chronik besuchter Seiten und URLs
.TP 
\f(CW~/.w3m/keymap\fP
benutzerdefinierte Tastaturbelegung, setzt standardmäßige Belegung außer
Kraft
.TP 
\f(CW~/.w3m/mailcap\fP
Konfigurationsdatei für Programme zur externen Anzeige
.TP 
\f(CW~/.w3m/menu\fP
benutzerdefiniertes Menü; vorrangig gegenüber Standardmenü
.TP 
\f(CW~/.w3m/mime.types\fP
Datei mit MIME\-Typen
.TP 
\f(CW~/.w3m/mouse\fP
benutzerdefinierte Mauseinstellungen
.TP 
\f(CW~/.w3m/passwd\fP
Datei mit Nutzerkonto\-Passwort\-Liste
.TP 
\f(CW~/.w3m/pre_form\fP
.\" .TP
.\" .I $~/.w3m/urimethodmap
.\" ???
enthält vordefinierte Werte für wiederkehrende HTML\-Formulare
.SH "SIEHE AUCH"
README und Beispieldateien finden Sie im Dokumentationsverzeichnis Ihrer
\fIw3m\fP\-Installation. Aktuelle Informationen zu \fIw3m\fP finden Sie auf der
Projektseite
.UR http://w3m.sourceforge.net
unter
.UE
.SH DANKSAGUNGEN
In \fIw3m\fP ist Programmcode verschiedener Quellen eingeflossen. Benutzer
haben mit Korrekturen (Patch\-Dateien) und Vorschlägen zur Verbesserung des
Programms beigetragen.
.SH AUTOR
.UR a...@fw.ipsj.or.jp
Akinori ITO
.UE
Die deutsche Übersetzung wurde 2016 von
.UR markus.hier...@freenet.de
Markus Hiereth
.UE
erstellt.

Bug#772341: manpage for w3mman in german

[Markus Hiereth]

t; Therefore square brackets introduced
\fBw3mman\fP [ \fB\-M\fP \fIPfad\fP ] [ \fIAbschnitt\fP ] [ \fISeite\fP ]
.br
\fBw3mman\fP [\fB\-M\fP \fIPfad\fP] \fB\-k\fP \fIStichwort\fP
.br
\fBw3mman\fP \fB\-l\fP \fIDatei\fP
.br
.SH BESCHREIBUNG
.\" mh 2016-07-04 text edited. This section shall deliver
.\" more information than section NAME 
\fBw3mman\fP ist ein Perl\-Skript, welches auf \fBw3m\fP(1) zurückgreift, um 
als
Betrachter für Online\-Referenzhandbücher zu dienen.
.SH OPTIONEN
Es folgt eine Zusammenfassung der Optionen.
.TP 
\fB\-M\fP\fI Pfad\fP
Suchpfad für Handbuchseiten auf \fIPfad\fP setzen
.TP 
\fB\-k\fP \fIStichwort\fP
zum \fIStichwort\fP passende Handbuchseiten anzeigen
.TP 
\fB\-l\fP \fIDatei\fP
die Handbuchseiten\-Datei \fIDatei\fP anzeigen
.SH UMGEBUNGSVARIABLEN
Zur Fehleranalyse stehen zwei Variablen zur Verfügung.
.TP 
\fBW3MMAN_W3M\fP
Ist W3MMAN_W3M gesetzt, wird ihr Wert anstelle von @W3M@ verwendet.
.TP 
\fBW3MMAN_MAN\fP
Ist W3MMAN_MAN gesetzt, wird ihr Wert anstelle von @MAN@ verwendet.
.SH DATEIEN
.TP 
\fI@libexecdir@/@PACKAGE@/cgi\-bin/w3mman2html.cgi\fP
Skript, welches Handbuchseiten in HTML konvertiert
.SH "SIEHE AUCH"
\fBman\fP(1), \fBw3m\fP(1).
.SH AUTOR
Diese Handbuchseite wurde von Fumitoshi UKAI <u...@debian.or.jp> für
Debian GNU / Linux geschrieben, sie kann aber auch auf anderen Systemen
verwendet werden.
Die deutsche Übersetzung wurde 2016 von
.UR markus.hier...@freenet.de
Markus Hiereth
.UE
erstellt.

Bug#772341: w3m: i18n, l10n for FAQ.html

[Markus Hiereth]

Hello Tatsuya,

Tatsuya Kinoshita schrieb am 11. April 2016 um 14:27

> I'll release the w3m package before November 2016.

as attached files, You recieve a revised version of the english
FAQ.html and the german translation.

FAQ.html contains comments that You may prefer to delete.

Below the differences (without markup changes) to 0.5.3-29/doc/FAQ.html.

Best regards
Markus


diff -w FAQ.txt FAQ_mh.txt
3,4c3
< Akinori 
Ito
<  
a...@fw.ipsj.or.jp
---
>Akinori Ito 
> 
24c23
<   + How do I move from anchor to anchor?
---
>   + How do I move between hyperlinks?
26c25,26
# anchor replaced by hyperlink throughout this document
<   + How do I change the color of anchor/image/form links?
---
>   + How do I change the colors for hyperlinks, images and form
> fields?
36d35
<   + w3m freezes when I invoke an external browser.
40c39
< with Ctrl-u. What should I do?
---
> with CTRL-u. What should I do?
103c102
< arguments. Possible arguments are:
---
> arguments. It keeps running
105,109c104,109
#this is a list of equivalent items, therefore numbers replaced 
<  1. A filename or URL
<  2. Pipe from standard input
<  3. The -B option (show bookmark file)
<  4. The -v option (visual startup)
<  5. A specified HTTP_HOME or WWW_HOME variable
---
>   + with a filename or URL as argument
>   + with data piped from standard input
>   + when invoked with option -B to show the bookmark file
>   + when invoked with option -v to welcome users with a built-in
> page
>   + with specified HTTP_HOME or WWW_HOME variable
116c116
#colon is implicit and not necessary
< the -bg option in a xterm) or take these steps:
---
> the -bg option in a xterm) or take these steps
118,122c118,122
#the is a sequence of things to do, thus an ordered list in HTML
<   + invoke w3m with `w3m -M' (for monochrome),
<   + type `o' to get to the options screen
<   + Mark `Display with color' as `YES' and choose an arbitrary
< color.
<   + Click on [OK].
---
>  1. invoke monochrome mode of w3m with w3m -M
>  2. type `o' to get to the options setting panel
>  3. mark `Display with color' as `YES' and choose an arbitrary
> color
>  4. click on [OK].
143,146c143,146
#this is a list of alternatives, thus I would prefer to use the ul element of 
HTML 
<  1. Answer the above-mentioned `configure' question with 1, or
<  2. Invoke w3m with the -M option, or
<  3. Type `o' within w3m to enter the options screen and turn off
< color display mode.
---
>   + Answer the above-mentioned `configure' question with 1, or
>   + Invoke w3m with the -M option, or
>   + Type `o' within w3m to enter the options setting panel and 
> turn
> off color display mode.
150c150,153
#revised to make it easier what keys need to tbe used
< screen. You may also use the `>'/`<' or `.'/`,' keys.
---
> screen. You may also use the following commands
> 
>   + SHIFT_LEFT and SHIFT_RIGHT, bound to the keys > and <
>   + SHIFT_LEFT1 and SHIFT_RIGHT1, bound to the keys . and ,
153,154c156,158
< (e.g. something like `xterm -geometry 110x45 -bg white -name w3m -e 
w3m
< -B').
---
> e.g. something like
> 
>   xterm -geometry 110x45 -bg white -name w3m -e w3m -B
156c160
< How do I move from anchor to anchor?
---
> How do I move between hyperlinks?
158,159c162,164
< You can move to the next anchor using TAB. ESC TAB moves the cursor to
< the previous anchor.
---
> You can move to the next hyperlink using TAB. ESC TAB moves the cursor
> to the previous hyperlink. (see Section Functions and Key bindings of
> w3m's manual)
163c168
< w3m doesn't support the HTML COLOR="..." attribute. It wouldn't be
---
> w3m doesn't support the attribute COLOR="..." of HTML. It wouldn't be
167c172
< How do I change the color of anchor/image/form links?
---
> How do I change the colors for hyperlinks, images and form fields?
169c174
#Online-help and MANUAL.html use "options panel" instead of "options screen". 
Therefore made uniform 
< Type `o' within w3m to get the `options' screen. You can change these
---
> Type `o' within w3m to get the options panel. You can change these
174,175c179,180
< Go to the `options' 

Bug#772341: w3m: MANUAL.html

[Markus Hiereth]

Hello Tatsuya,

Tatsuya Kinoshita schrieb am 11. April 2016 um 14:27

with this mail, you get a revised version (more options mentioned,
explanations of options identical to w3m (1), more concise view on
function names and keybindings) of the MANUAL.html and a translation
into German.

Best regards
Markus
<<< text/html; charset=iso-8859-1: Unrecognized >>>
<<< text/html; charset=iso-8859-1: Unrecognized >>>

Bug#765682: w3m: help page generation does not allow internationalization

[Markus Hiereth]

Hello Tatsuya,

this morning, I recieved a mail from the German language team. It
indicated a couple of spelling mistakes in the German translations of
README.func and w3mhelp-funcdesc.de.pl.in

  see
  https://lists.debian.org/debian-l10n-german/2016/06/msg9.html
  https://lists.debian.org/debian-l10n-german/2016/06/msg00018.html

I corrected these files and attached them here.

Best regards
Markus

Tatsuya Kinoshita  schrieb am 19. Juni 2016 um 11:56
> On June 19, 2016 at 10:49AM +0200, post (at hiereth.de) wrote:
> > You found a mistake in the English README.func. The description should
> > have been
> >
> >   Toggle between HTML shown or processed   (short 
> > Version)
> >   Toggle between source code and rendered view of the document  (long 
> > Version)
> >
> > "Codeansicht" would be a good German translation, but the translations
> > to the correct descriptions are
> >
> >   Wechsle zwischen HTML-Wiedergabe und Verarbeitung(short 
> > Version)
> >   Wechsle zwischen HTML-Quellcode und verarbeitetem Dokument(long 
> > Version)
> 
> Merged.
> 
>   - 
> https://anonscm.debian.org/cgit/collab-maint/w3m.git/commit/?id=b6866d1b18d9542f0833d02f3402b541fbd2253a
> 
> Also, I've converted the German files to UTF-8.
> 
> Thanks,
> --
> Tatsuya Kinoshita



-- 
adresse  Günzenhausen
 Am Hang 14
 85386 Eching
fon  08133 9179613
mail p...@hiereth.de
web  www.hiereth.de
pgp  www.hiereth.de/public_key.asc
ABORT   Sofort beenden
ACCESSKEY   Öffne Zugangstasten-Menü
ADD_BOOKMARKLege für aktuelle Seite Lesezeichen an
ALARM   Alarm einrichten
BACKSchließe aktuellen Puffer und kehre zu dem im Stapel 
darunterliegenden zurück
BEGIN   Gehe zur ersten Zeile
BOOKMARKLesezeichen ansehen
CENTER_HUm Cursor herum horizontal zentrieren
CENTER_VUm Cursor herum vertikal zentrieren
CHARSET Ändere die Zeichenkodierung für das aktuelle Dokument
CLOSE_TAB   Schließe Reiter
CLOSE_TAB_MOUSE Schließe Reiter bei Mauszeiger
COMMAND Rufe w3m Funktion(en) auf
COOKIE  Cookie-Liste ansehen
DEFAULT_CHARSET Ändere die Voreinstellung für die Zeichenkodierung
DEFINE_KEY  Definiere eine Verbindung zwischen einer Tastenkombination und 
einem Kommando
DELETE_PREVBUF  Lösche vorherigen Puffer (hauptsächlich für lokale 
CGI-Skripte)
DICT_WORD   Führe eine Wörterbuch-Funktion aus (siehe README.dict)
DICT_WORD_ATBenutze Wörterbuch für Wort unter Cursor
DISPLAY_IMAGE   Starte das Laden und die Erstellung von Bildern erneut
DOWNScrolle den Anzeigebereich eine Zeile abwärts
DOWNLOADDokument-Quellcode speichern 
DOWNLOAD_LIST   Die Übersicht heruntergeladener Dateien zeigen
EDITBearbeite lokales Quelldokument
EDIT_SCREEN Bearbeite eine Kopie des verarbeiteten Dokuments
END Gehe zur letzten Zeile
EXEC_SHELL  Führe Shell-Befehl aus und zeige Ausgabe an
EXITSofort beenden
EXTERN  Verwende externen Browser zur Anzeige
EXTERN_LINK Verwende externen Browser zur Anzeige des Linkziels
FRAME   Wechsle zwischen Kennung und Umsetzung von HTML-Frames
GOTOÖffne angegebenes Dokument in neuem Puffer
GOTO_LINE   Gehe zur angebenen Zeile
GOTO_LINK   Folge dem aktuellen Hyperlink in neuem Puffer
GOTO_RELATIVE   Gehe zu relativer Adresse 
HELPZeige Hilfe-Übersicht
HISTORY Chronik aufgesuchter Dokumente
INFOZeige Informationen über dieses Dokument
INTERRUPT   w3m zum Hintergrundprozess machen
ISEARCH Inkrementelle Suche vorwärts
ISEARCH_BACKInkrementelle Suche rückwärts
LEFTAnzeigebereich um eine Spalte nach links verschieben
LINE_BEGIN  Gehe zum Zeilenanfang
LINE_ENDGehe zum Zeilenende
LINE_INFO   Zeige aktuelle Position im Dokument an
LINK_BEGIN  Gehe zum ersten Hyperlink
LINK_ENDGehe zum letzten Hyperlink
LINK_MENU   Öffne Menü mit den Link-Elementen
LISTZeige alle referenzierten URLs
LIST_MENU   Öffne Menü mit aufsuchbaren Hyperlinks
LOADÖffne lokale Datei in einem neuen Puffer
MAIN_MENU   Öffne Menü
MARKSetze/Lösche Markierung
MARK_MIDWandle Nachrichten-ID-artige Zeichenketten um in Hyperlinks
MARK_URLWandle URL-artige Zeichenketten um in Hyperlinks
MARK_WORD   Wandle aktuelles Wort in Hyperlink um
MENUÖffne Menü
MENU_MOUSE  Öffne Menü beim Mauszeiger
MOUSE_TOGGLESchalte Mausbedienung an oder ab
MOVE_DOWN   Cursor abwärts
MOVE_DOWN1  Cursor abwärts; am Rand gleitend bewegen
MOVE_LEFT   Cursor nach links
MOVE_LEFT1  Cursor nach links; am Rand gleitend bewegen
MOVE_LIST_MENU  Öffne Menü mit vorhandenen Hyperlinks
MOVE_MOUSE  Cursor auf Mauszeigerposition setzen
MOVE_RIGHT  Cursor nach rechts
MOVE_RIGHT1 Cursor nach rechts; am Rand 

Bug#765682: w3m: help page generation does not allow internationalization

[Markus Hiereth]

Hello Tatsuya,

Tatsuya Kinoshita schrieb am 19. Juni 2016 um 09:10

> Thank you, merged. (w3mhelp_de.cgi.in is unneeded)

thank you. I was a little confused. So I made sed as well apply the
set of string replacements to w3mhelp.cgi.in.

 
>   - 
> https://anonscm.debian.org/cgit/collab-maint/w3m.git/commit/?id=6fd92e149fec97fca24d0d1cb0607080da587491
>   - 
> https://anonscm.debian.org/cgit/collab-maint/w3m.git/commit/?id=50c099cc69ff506e8609f354ca973badc20f78e0
> 
> > SOURCE Display HTML source
> > VIEW   Display HTML source

> Not translated, so I've updated them to "Codeansicht".

You found a mistake in the English README.func. The description should
have been

  Toggle between HTML shown or processed   (short Version)
  Toggle between source code and rendered view of the document  (long Version)

"Codeansicht" would be a good German translation, but the translations
to the correct descriptions are

  Wechsle zwischen HTML-Wiedergabe und Verarbeitung(short Version)
  Wechsle zwischen HTML-Quellcode und verarbeitetem Dokument(long Version)

If you like, use the attached README.func files

 
> Also, trimming trailing spaces.
> 
>   - 
> https://github.com/tats/w3m/commit/f4e595ed9c706b8778fd3ae730c0896f10819bfb
> Note that w3mhelp.cgi prefers leftmost accept_language, so set
> "accept_language de, en" or so in ~/w3m/config if you'd like to
> prefer German translated help messages.
> 
> This bug will be fixed in w3m 0.5.3-29.

OK.

Best regards
Markus


-- 
adresse  Günzenhausen
 Am Hang 14
 85386 Eching
fon  08133 9179613
mail p...@hiereth.de
web  www.hiereth.de
pgp  www.hiereth.de/public_key.asc
ABORT   Quit at once
ACCESSKEY   Pop up accesskey menu
ADD_BOOKMARKAdd current page to bookmarks
ALARM   Set alarm
BACKClose current buffer and return to the one below in stack
BEGIN   Go to the first line
BOOKMARKView bookmarks
CENTER_HCenter on cursor column
CENTER_VCenter on cursor line
CHARSET Change the character encoding for the current document
CLOSE_TAB   Close tab
CLOSE_TAB_MOUSE Close tab at mouse pointer
COMMAND Invoke w3m function(s)
COOKIE  View cookie list
DEFAULT_CHARSET Change the default character encoding
DEFINE_KEY  Define a binding between a key stroke combination and a command
DELETE_PREVBUF  Delete previous buffer (mainly for local CGI-scripts)
DICT_WORD   Execute dictionary command (see README.dict)
DICT_WORD_ATExecute dictionary command for word at cursor
DISPLAY_IMAGE   Restart loading and drawing of images
DOWNScroll the screen down one line
DOWNLOADSave document source
DOWNLOAD_LIST   Display downloads panel
EDITEdit local source
EDIT_SCREEN Edit rendered copy of document
END Go to the last line
EXEC_SHELL  Execute shell command and display output
EXITQuit at once
EXTERN  Display using an external browser
EXTERN_LINK Display target using an external browser
FRAME   Toggle rendering HTML frames
GOTOOpen specified document in a new buffer
GOTO_LINE   Go to the specified line
GOTO_LINK   Follow current hyperlink in a new buffer
GOTO_RELATIVE   Go to relative address
HELPShow help panel
HISTORY Show browsing history
INFODisplay information about the current document
INTERRUPT   Suspend w3m to background
ISEARCH Incremental search forward
ISEARCH_BACKIncremental search backward
LEFTShift screen one column left
LINE_BEGIN  Go to the beginning of the line
LINE_ENDGo to the end of the line
LINE_INFO   Display current position in document
LINK_BEGIN  Move to the first hyperlink
LINK_ENDMove to the last hyperlink
LINK_MENU   Pop up link element menu
LISTShow all URLs referenced
LIST_MENU   Pop up menu for hyperlinks to browse to
LOADOpen local file in a new buffer
MAIN_MENU   Pop up menu
MARKSet/unset mark
MARK_MIDTurn Message-ID-like strings into hyperlinks
MARK_URLTurn URL-like strings into hyperlinks
MARK_WORD   Turn current word into hyperlink
MENUPop up menu
MENU_MOUSE  Pop up menu at mouse pointer
MOUSE_TOGGLEToggle mouse support
MOVE_DOWN   Cursor down
MOVE_DOWN1  Cursor down. With edge touched, slide
MOVE_LEFT   Cursor left
MOVE_LEFT1  Cursor left. With edge touched, slide
MOVE_LIST_MENU  Pop up menu to navigate between hyperlinks
MOVE_MOUSE  Move cursor to mouse pointer
MOVE_RIGHT  Cursor right
MOVE_RIGHT1 Cursor right. With edge touched, slide
MOVE_UP Cursor up
MOVE_UP1Cursor up. With edge touched, slide
MSGSDisplay error messages
NEW_TAB Open a new tab (with current document)
NEXTSwitch to the next buffer
NEXT_DOWN   Move downward to the next 

Bug#765682: w3m: help page generation does not allow internationalization

[Markus Hiereth]

Hello Tatsuya,

Tatsuya Kinoshita schrieb am  2. April 2016 um 00:47

> On October 17, 2014 at 12:19PM +0200, markus.hiereth (at freenet.de) wrote:

> > In contrast, the help-dialogue still brings English explanations to
> > the keybindings. This dialogue is created dynamically. It is not
> > clear. what files of the source package and of the binary package are
> > involved.
 
> Though not gettextized, I've added support for German translated
> help messages in the development repo.
> 
> Please translate these files:
 
> https://anonscm.debian.org/cgit/collab-maint/w3m.git/plain/doc-de/README.func
> https://anonscm.debian.org/cgit/collab-maint/w3m.git/plain/scripts/w3mhelp-funcdesc.de.pl.in

attached to this mail, You get

1. revised files in English

README.func
w3mhelp.cgi.in
w3mhelp-funcdesc.en.pl.in

2. files translated into German

README.func
w3mhelp_de.cgi.in
w3mhelp-funcdesc.de.pl.in

Best regards
Markus
ABORT   Quit w3m at once
ACCESSKEY   Pop up accesskey menu
ADD_BOOKMARKAdd current page to bookmarks
ALARM   Set alarm
BACKClose current buffer and return to the one below in stack
BEGIN   Go to the first line
BOOKMARKView bookmarks
CENTER_HCenter on cursor column
CENTER_VCenter on cursor line
CHARSET Change the character encoding for the current document
CLOSE_TAB   Close tab
CLOSE_TAB_MOUSE Close tab at mouse pointer
COMMAND Invoke w3m function(s)
COOKIE  View cookie list
DEFAULT_CHARSET Change the default character encoding
DEFINE_KEY  Define a binding between a key stroke combination and a command
DELETE_PREVBUF  Delete previous buffer (mainly for local CGI-scripts)
DICT_WORD   Execute dictionary command (see README.dict)
DICT_WORD_ATExecute dictionary command for word at cursor
DISPLAY_IMAGE   Restart loading and drawing of images
DOWNScroll the screen down one line
DOWNLOADSave document source
DOWNLOAD_LIST   Display downloads panel
EDITEdit local source
EDIT_SCREEN Edit rendered copy of document
END Go to the last line
EXEC_SHELL  Execute shell command and display output
EXITQuit at once
EXTERN  Display using an external browser
EXTERN_LINK Display target using an external browser
FRAME   Toggle rendering HTML frames
GOTOOpen specified document in a new buffer
GOTO_LINE   Go to the specified line
GOTO_LINK   Follow current hyperlink in a new buffer
GOTO_RELATIVE   Go to relative address
HELPShow help panel
HISTORY Show browsing history
INFODisplay information about the current document
INTERRUPT   Suspend w3m to background
ISEARCH Incremental search forward
ISEARCH_BACKIncremental search backward
LEFTShift screen one column left
LINE_BEGIN  Go to the beginning of the line
LINE_ENDGo to the end of the line
LINE_INFO   Display current position in document
LINK_BEGIN  Move to the first hyperlink
LINK_ENDMove to the last hyperlink
LINK_MENU   Pop up link element menu
LISTShow all URLs referenced
LIST_MENU   Pop up menu for hyperlinks to browse to
LOADOpen local file in a new buffer
MAIN_MENU   Pop up menu
MARKSet/unset mark
MARK_MIDTurn Message-ID-like strings into hyperlinks
MARK_URLTurn URL-like strings into hyperlinks
MARK_WORD   Turn current word into hyperlink
MENUPop up menu
MENU_MOUSE  Pop up menu at mouse pointer
MOUSE_TOGGLEToggle mouse support
MOVE_DOWN   Cursor down
MOVE_DOWN1  Cursor down. With edge touched, slide
MOVE_LEFT   Cursor left
MOVE_LEFT1  Cursor left. With edge touched, slide
MOVE_LIST_MENU  Pop up menu to navigate between hyperlinks
MOVE_MOUSE  Move cursor to mouse pointer
MOVE_RIGHT  Cursor right
MOVE_RIGHT1 Cursor right. With edge touched, slide
MOVE_UP Cursor up
MOVE_UP1Cursor up. With edge touched, slide
MSGSDisplay error messages
NEW_TAB Open a new tab (with current document) 
NEXTSwitch to the next buffer
NEXT_DOWN   Move downward to the next hyperlink
NEXT_HALF_PAGE  Scroll down half a page
NEXT_LEFT   Move left to the next hyperlink
NEXT_LEFT_UPMove left or upward to the next hyperlink
NEXT_LINK   Move to the next hyperlink
NEXT_MARK   Go to the next mark
NEXT_PAGE   Scroll down one page
NEXT_RIGHT  Move right to the next hyperlink
NEXT_RIGHT_DOWN Move right or downward to the next hyperlink
NEXT_TABSwitch to the next tab
NEXT_UP Move upward to the next hyperlink
NEXT_VISITEDMove to the next visited hyperlink
NEXT_WORD   Move to the next word
NOTHING Do nothing
NULLDo nothing
OPTIONS Display options setting panel
PEEKShow current address
PEEK_IMGShow image address
PEEK_LINK   Show target address
PIPE_BUF   

Bug#820902: w3m: File README.func lists deleted function INIT_MAILCAP

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: w3m
Version: 0.5.3-19
Severity: minor

Dear Maintainer,

when mapping functions, alias names of functions and function 
descriptions, I found function INIT_MAILCAP in file README.func and 
w3m-doc/sample/keymap.cgi of sources 0.5.3+debian-27 although ChangeLog 
and NEWS mention that the function has been deleted.

Best regards
Markus

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 8.0
  APT prefers stable
  APT policy: (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 3.2.0-4-686-pae (SMP w/1 CPU core)
Locale: LANG=de_DE, LC_CTYPE=de_DE (charmap=ISO-8859-1)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash
Init: systemd (via /run/systemd/system)

Versions of packages w3m depends on:
ii  libc62.19-18
ii  libgc1c2 1:7.2d-6.4
ii  libgpm2  1.20.4-6.1+b2
ii  libssl1.0.0  1.0.1k-3
ii  libtinfo55.9+20140913-1+b1
ii  zlib1g   1:1.2.8.dfsg-2+b1

Versions of packages w3m recommends:
ii  ca-certificates  20141019

Versions of packages w3m suggests:
pn  cmigemo   
ii  man-db2.7.0.2-5
ii  mime-support  3.58
pn  w3m-el
ii  w3m-img   0.5.3-19

-- no debconf information

Bug#772341: w3m: i18n, l10n for FAQ.html, MANUAL.html and README.func.gz for German

[Markus Hiereth]

Hello Tatsuya

Tatsuya Kinoshita schrieb am  3. April 2016 um 14:50

> On April 3, 2016 at 11:26AM +0200, markus.hiereth (at freenet.de) wrote:
> > I case You want to have a look on my working versions of the two
> > documents, I attach them to this mail.
 
> I'll merge them with the attached patch.

thanks for your mail. But maybe You were a little to quick. For
example FAQ.html is maybe still too raw. For example this part of
FAQ.html

> @@ -636,7 +636,7 @@ Which?
>  firefox %s &
>  
>  
> - (if you are using Firefox).
> + (if you are using Firefox). Note that %s is replaced with the URL when i


- The document does not say to look for the item that corresponds to
  the first browser and that there are fields for more browsers too.

- The document does not say that 'firefox %s &' is the respective
  value for extbrowser in .w3m/config . In contrast, the given input
  reminds of a mailcap entry. But this is something else.

- It seems that the author of FAQ is wrong with respect to the
  arguments %s and &. My tests have shown that they do not have any
  effect. Apparently, only the first string is regarded as value of
  the configuration variable. Using quotation marks to assure that the
  command and the arguments are honoured in fact will make w3m fail
  start the external browser.

Shall I continue to improve the latest versions of FAQ.html and
MANUAL.html in the repository while translating them? Or shall I take
them as they are?

Best regards
Markus

Bug#765682: w3m: help page generation does not allow internationalization

[markus . hiereth]

Hello Tatsuya

Tatsuya Kinoshita schrieb am  2. April 2016 um 00:47

> On October 17, 2014 at 12:19PM +0200, markus.hiereth (at freenet.de) wrote:
> > In contrast, the help-dialogue still brings English explanations to
> > the keybindings. This dialogue is created dynamically. It is not
> > clear. what files of the source package and of the binary package are
> > involved.
 
> Though not gettextized, I've added support for German translated
> help messages in the development repo.

As already mentioned, I use po4a and translate-toolkit. These packages
create message catalogues from various files formats, including Perl-,
Manual page (groff) and HTML.


> Please translate these files:
> 
>   - 
> https://anonscm.debian.org/cgit/collab-maint/w3m.git/plain/doc-de/README.func
>   - 
> https://anonscm.debian.org/cgit/collab-maint/w3m.git/plain/scripts/w3mhelp-funcdesc.de.pl.in

Thanks for providing the two files I need to work on.

Best regards
Markus

Bug#772341: w3m: i18n, l10n for FAQ.html, MANUAL.html and README.func.gz for German

[markus . hiereth]

Hello Tatsuya,

Tatsuya Kinoshita schrieb am  2. April 2016 um 00:45

> >   FAQ.html,
> >   as attachment to message
> >   https://lists.debian.org/debian-l10n-english/2014/12/msg2.html
> >
> >   MANUAL.html
> >   as attachment to message
> >   https://lists.debian.org/debian-l10n-english/2014/12/msg00030.html
> >
> >   README.func.gz
> >   as attachment to message
> >   https://lists.debian.org/debian-l10n-english/2015/02/msg00011.html
> >
> > Please introduce these improved documentation files to the sources of
> > w3m. They shall serve as basics for my translation into German.
 
> Merged in the development repo, see the latest master branch.
> 
>   - https://anonscm.debian.org/cgit/collab-maint/w3m.git/tree/doc
 
> Though not gettextized, if these documents are translated into
> German, I'll include them in the doc-de directory (will be
> installed in /usr/share/doc/w3m/de for Debian packages).

thanks for intruducing them into the development repo.

For translating the documentation, I'm using the packages po4a and
translate-toolkit. This is efficient as phrases/descriptions appear
several times throughout the documentation.

But html2po from translate-toolkit complains about a few HTML-syntax
errors in FAQ.html and MANUAL.html. This forced me to revise Justin
Ryes files.

Moreover, I found as well clear errors:

For example in FAQ.html

   Display with color as ON
shall be
   Display with color as YES


In MANUAL.html, I found that the English phrases are still difficult
to understand, for example

 An 80 column width is used unless set with the -cols option.

shall be

 A width of 80 columns is used unless option -cols sets another
 value.

And often the article the could be inserted, for example

Go to bookmarks page

shall be

Go to the bookmarks page


I suggest that I add new FAQ.html and MANUAL.html to the mail with
which I am going pass my German translations of these two documents.

In MANUAL.html, it would make sense to perform what Justin noted as
"TODO": Replacing explanations to options with those from the current
version of manual page w3m (1). Currently, I inserted hidden, using
HTML-comments .

I case You want to have a look on my working versions of the two
documents, I attach them to this mail.

Presently, German versions of w3m.1 and w3mman.1 are about to be
revised by the German language team.

Best regards
Markus
http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd;>

 
  
  W3M FAQ
 
 
  
   Frequently Asked Questions and Answers about w3m
  
  
   Akinori Ito
   a...@fw.ipsj.or.jp
   Corrected by Tom Berger tom...@gmx.net
  
  
   
Index
   
  
  
   

 
  General Questions, How to Get It, Required Environment
 

   

 
  
   How do I pronounce w3m?
  
 
 
  
   Why is it called w3m?
  
 
 
  
   On which platforms does w3m work?
  
 
 
  
   Where can I get more information about w3m?
  
 
 
  
   Is there a mailing list for w3m?
  
 
 
  
   Are there any binary distributions?
  
 

   

 
  Compile and Install
 

   
   

 
  Options, Commands, Usage
 

   

 
  
   w3m quits if started without parameters. What's wrong?
  
 
 
  
   w3m starts with black characters on a black background. How do
   I change this?
  
 
 
  
   Does w3m support colors?
  
 
 
  
   Does w3m support monochrome displays?
  
 
 
  
   How do I shift the display?
  
 
 
  
   How do I move from anchor to anchor?
  
 
 
  
   Graphical browsers display a word red, but w3m doesn't. Why?
  
 
 
  
   How do I change the color of anchor/image/form links?
  
 
 
  
   w3m doesn't seem to use the variable EDITOR. Why?
  
 
 
  
   How do I quit a search or URL text input?
  
 

   

 
  Questions about WWW usage
 

   

 
  
   How do I fill in forms with w3m?
  
 
 
  
   Seems like w3m is slower than some other browsers. Why?
  
 
 
  
   Loading time doesn't decrease when loading a previously seen
   page.
  
 
 
  
   How do I download a linked file?
  
 
 
  
   How do I specify a proxy server?
  
 
 
  
   w3m freezes when I invoke an external browser.
  
 
 
  
   How do I change the default image viewer?
  
 
 
  
   How do I enter a URL?
  
 
 
  
   w3m appends a URL to the former one even when I clear the line
   with Ctrl-u. What should I do?
  
 

   

 
  Miscellaneous
 

   

 
  
   What is w3m's configuration file?
  
 
  

Bug#772341: w3m: i18n, l10n for FAQ.html, MANUAL.html and README.func.gz for German

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: w3m
Followup-For: Bug #772341

Dear Tatsuya,

I wanted to provide a German translation for the manpages and the 
documatation revised by Justin Rye.

Now I found that his improved versions of the documentation files

  FAQ.html
  MANUAL.html
  README.func.gz

apparently did not reach You. Justins work on these three files does not 
appear in the Changelog of 0.5.3-2. The only respective changes are

  2015-07-20  Tatsuya Kinoshita  

* README: Add short description.
* doc-jp/FAQ.html, doc/FAQ.html: Mention GOPHER_PROXY and FTP_PROXY.

  2015-07-05  Tatsuya Kinoshita  

* doc-jp/FAQ.html, doc/FAQ.html: Mention HTTPS_PROXY.
Bug-Debian: https://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=791425


The final versions are to be taken from the mailing list of the English 
language team:

  FAQ.html, 
  as attachment to message 
  https://lists.debian.org/debian-l10n-english/2014/12/msg2.html

  MANUAL.html
  as attachment to message 
  https://lists.debian.org/debian-l10n-english/2014/12/msg00030.html

  README.func.gz
  as attachment to message 
  https://lists.debian.org/debian-l10n-english/2015/02/msg00011.html

Please introduce these improved documentation files to the sources of 
w3m. They shall serve as basics for my translation into German.
 

Best Regards
Markus 

Bug#813677: debian-faq: correction to misspelled words, hints on contents to revise

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: debian-faq
Version: 5.0.3
Severity: normal

Dear Maintainer,

working on the German translation of the FAQ, I found 

- passages with outdated information

- confusing usage of words 
  e.g. "file system" when "directory structure" was meant
  e.g. "distribution" when "section" was meant

- redundancy, also on matter of minor importance 

- mistakes in shell commands

- misspelled words 


Find the attached sgml-files. They are edited, annotations and 
background are inserted as comments using .

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 8.0
  APT prefers stable
  APT policy: (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 3.2.0-4-686-pae (SMP w/1 CPU core)
Locale: LANG=de_DE, LC_CTYPE=de_DE (charmap=ISO-8859-1)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash
Init: systemd (via /run/systemd/system)


sgml_mh-2016-02-04.tgz
Description: application/gzip

Bug#806944: bugs.debian.org: Error 404 due to on https://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/pkgreport.cgi?dist=unstable; package=debian-FAQ

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: bugs.debian.org
Severity: normal

Dear Maintainer,

   * What led up to the situation?

Lookup for bugs in Debian-FAQ
  https://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/pkgreport.cgi?dist=unstable;package=debian-FAQ

yields a page with a link "Package Tracking System" towards 
  https://packages.qa.debian.org/d/debian-FAQ.html

which is a dead.
  "Error 404 I'm sorry, the page that you asked doesn't exist"


Remarkably, 

  https://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/pkgreport.cgi?dist=unstable;package=debian-faq

which yields an up-to-date list of bugs for the current package 
debian-FAQ, offers the corresponding and valid link

  https://packages.qa.debian.org/d/debian-faq.html
 

   * What exactly did you do (or not do) that was effective (or
 ineffective)?

   * What was the outcome of this action?

   * What outcome did you expect instead?

As the presented list of bugs for debian-FAQ and debian-faq is 
identical, a bug list for debian-FAQ should 

a) should lead directly to a page for debian-faq or
b) all links should target pages that refer to debian-faq  


Best Regards
Markus Hiereth


-- System Information:
Debian Release: 8.0
  APT prefers stable
  APT policy: (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 3.2.0-4-686-pae (SMP w/1 CPU core)
Locale: LANG=de_DE, LC_CTYPE=de_DE (charmap=ISO-8859-1)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash
Init: systemd (via /run/systemd/system)

Bug#765682: script to yield a pot-file for internationalization of w3m's documentation

[Markus Hiereth]

Dear Tatsuya,

Mario, a member of the German translation team recommended to write
and use a bash script that creates a common pot-file from the diverse
files that contain strings that should be extracted. Find an example
of such a file attached.

Marios' mail

 http://lists.alioth.debian.org/pipermail/parted-devel/2014-July/004550.html

provides as well a script that processes po-files to get the
documentation files for a specified set of languages in the w3m
package.

Best regards
Markus  


create-pot.sh
Description: Bourne shell script

Bug#772341: w3m: i18n, l10n for FAQ.html, MANUAL.html and README.func.gz for German

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: w3m
Version: 0.5.3-8
Severity: wishlist

Dear Tatsuya,

I would like to have German versions of FAQ.html, MANUAL.html and
README.func in the w3m package.

Best regards
Markus

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 7.7
  APT prefers stable
  APT policy: (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 3.2.0-4-686-pae (SMP w/1 CPU core)
Locale: LANG=de_DE, LC_CTYPE=de_DE (charmap=ISO-8859-1)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash

Versions of packages w3m depends on:
ii  libc62.13-38+deb7u4
ii  libgc1c2 1:7.1-9.1
ii  libgpm2  1.20.4-6
ii  libssl1.0.0  1.0.1e-2+deb7u13
ii  libtinfo55.9-10
ii  zlib1g   1:1.2.7.dfsg-13

Versions of packages w3m recommends:
ii  ca-certificates  20130119+deb7u1

Versions of packages w3m suggests:
ii  man-db2.6.2-1
pn  menu  none
pn  migemonone
ii  mime-support  3.52-1
pn  w3m-elnone
ii  w3m-img   0.5.3-8

-- no debconf information


-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to debian-bugs-dist-requ...@lists.debian.org
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact listmas...@lists.debian.org

Bug#772341: Acknowledgement (w3m: i18n, l10n for FAQ.html, MANUAL.html and README.func.gz for German)

[Markus Hiereth]

Hello Tatsuya,

Tatsuya Kinoshita schrieb am 29. Nov 2014 um 10:42

 Even if the English documents are not yet complete, you may provide
 the German documents.
 
 Anyway, if you make a patch (shouuld be a reasonable size to review),
 please file a bug to Debian BTS.

OK.

1. I use html2po for internationalisation, getting 3 translation templates

2. Merge the 3 (or as well a pot template file from w3m.1 ) template
files into one

3. Introduce the German strings to this file

4. Pass a Germen po-file to you

5. This po-file will be an input file for creating the package
   (Perhaps, changes in the Makefile according to manpage of po4a are
   needed)

Best regards
Markus


-- 
adresse  Günzenhausen
 Am Hang 14
 85386 Eching
fon  08133 9179613
mail p...@hiereth.de
web  www.hiereth.de
pgp  www.hiereth.de/public_key.asc

-- 
adresse  Günzenhausen
 Am Hang 14
 85386 Eching
fon  08133 9179613
mail p...@hiereth.de
web  www.hiereth.de
pgp  www.hiereth.de/public_key.asc


-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to debian-bugs-dist-requ...@lists.debian.org
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact listmas...@lists.debian.org

Bug#766550: w3m: manpage could be improved

[Markus Hiereth]

Hello Tatsuya,

Tatsuya Kinoshita schrieb am 29. Nov 2014 um 12:02

 I've roughly reviwed your miscellaneous changes to the manpage.
 
 Almost looks fine.  See below comments.
 
  .TH w3m 1 2014-11-24
 
 I think this w3m should be W3M because of the manpage style.

Feel free to replace w3m with W3M.



  \fB\-l \fInum\fR
  number of lines preserved internally when receiving plain text from
  stdin (default 10 000)
 
 Hmm, this SI style number 10 000 is hard to read for me (Japanese).
 I think 10,000 is fit for the English manpage.
 Comments?

Replacing 10 000 with 10,000 would be OK for me. I'm going to use SI
style in the German translation.

Best regards
Markus


signature.asc
Description: Digital signature

Bug#352110: ~/.w3m/cookie: wasted trailing blanks

[Markus Hiereth]

On Fri, 10 Feb 2006 03:54:55 +0800 Dan Jacobson jida...@jidanni.org wrote:
 Package: w3m
 Version: 0.5.1-4
 Severity: wishlist
 
 One notes the cookie file has wasteful trailing blanks.
 $  cat -e ~/.w3m/cookie
 shows them.
 
 I would put a comment at top of that file explaining what the fields
 are, and mentioning ^K.
 
 P.S., in man page etc., saying e.g.,
-cookie
   use cookie.
 
-no-cookie
   don't use cookie
 doesn't show which is the default.
 
 Also one must use LC_ALL=C, or else ^K to show the cookies shows the
 date in the wrong charset!
 -- System Information:
 Locale: LANG=zh_TW.Big5, LC_CTYPE=zh_TW.Big5 (charmap=BIG5)
 
 


-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to debian-bugs-dist-requ...@lists.debian.org
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact listmas...@lists.debian.org

Bug#352110: ~/.w3m/cookie: wasted trailing blanks

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: w3m
Version: 0.5.3-8
Followup-For: Bug #352110

Hello,

P.S., in man page etc., saying e.g.,
   -cookie
  use cookie.

   -no-cookie
  don't use cookie
doesn't show which is the default.

a new manpage has been prepared. When working on it, we doubted
whether an annotation about the default behaviour would make
sense. Because with none of these two options in the command line, the
values for boolean variables

  accept_cookie
  use_cookie

in the file .w3m/config or /etc/w3m/config control the behaviour of
w3m.

-cookie corresponds to
  accept_cookie 1
  use_cookie 1

-no-cookie corresonponds to
  accept_cookie 0
  use_cookie 0

Regards
Markus


-- System Information:
Debian Release: 7.7
  APT prefers stable
  APT policy: (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 3.2.0-4-686-pae (SMP w/1 CPU core)
Locale: LANG=de_DE, LC_CTYPE=de_DE (charmap=ISO-8859-1)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash

Versions of packages w3m depends on:
ii  libc62.13-38+deb7u4
ii  libgc1c2 1:7.1-9.1
ii  libgpm2  1.20.4-6
ii  libssl1.0.0  1.0.1e-2+deb7u13
ii  libtinfo55.9-10
ii  zlib1g   1:1.2.7.dfsg-13

Versions of packages w3m recommends:
ii  ca-certificates  20130119+deb7u1

Versions of packages w3m suggests:
ii  man-db2.6.2-1
pn  menu  none
pn  migemonone
ii  mime-support  3.52-1
pn  w3m-elnone
ii  w3m-img   0.5.3-8

-- no debconf information


-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to debian-bugs-dist-requ...@lists.debian.org
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact listmas...@lists.debian.org

Bug#766550: w3m: manpage could be improved

[Markus Hiereth]

Hello Tatsuya,

Tatsuya Kinoshita schrieb am 29. Oct 2014 um 16:05

 On October 24, 2014 at 12:14AM +0200, markus.hiereth (at freenet.de)
 wrote:  while working on a German version of w3m's manpage, I found
 a lot of  things that could be improved about it.
 
 Thank you for the suggestions.
 
 In the future, I'll review and consider the changes for merging.
 
 Though it's too late for jessie, I hope the updated documents will
 be included in jessie+1.


with support from Justin from the English language team I improved the
w3m manpage. The resulting file is attached to this mail.

From my point of view, it resolves problems reported

 285251 as we note that -cols only affects line-with for output to stdout
 268211 as the command-line switch -show-option is mentioned 
 345084 with our section ARGUMENTS and the explanation about option -N 
 530468 with our section ARGUMENTS and the explanation about option -N

Please include it in jessie+1 and create a pot-file that would serve
the German language team and other l10n teams to work on manpage
versions in their native tongues.

Best regards
Markus

-- 
adresse  Günzenhausen
 Am Hang 14
 85386 Eching
fon  08133 9179613
mail p...@hiereth.de
web  www.hiereth.de
pgp  www.hiereth.de/public_key.asc
.nr N -1
.nr D 5
.TH w3m 1 2014-11-24
.UC 4
.SH NAME
w3m \- a text based web browser and pager
.SH SYNOPSIS
w3m [OPTION]...  [ \fIfile\fP | \fIURL\fP ]...
.SH DESCRIPTION
.\ This defines appropriate quote strings for nroff and troff
.ds lq \
.ds rq \
.if t .ds lq ``
.if t .ds rq ''
.\ Just in case these number registers aren't set yet...
.if \nN==0 .nr N 10
.if \nD==0 .nr D 5

\fIw3m\fP is a text based browser which can display local or remote
web pages as well as other documents. It is able to process HTML
tables and frames but it ignores JavaScript and Cascading Style
Sheets. \fIw3m\fP can also serve as a pager for text files named as
arguments or passed on standard input, and as a general purpose
directory browser.

\fIw3m\fP organizes its content in buffers or tabs, allowing easy
navigation between them. With the w3m-img extension installed, \fIw3m\fP can
display inline graphics in web pages. And whenever \fIw3m\fP's HTML
rendering capabilities do not meet your needs, the target URL can be
handed over to a graphical browser with a single command.

For help with runtime options, press \(lqH\(rq while running \fIw3m\fP. 

.SH ARGUMENTS

When given one or more command line arguments, \fIw3m\fP will handle
targets according to content type. For web, \fIw3m\fP gets this
information from HTTP headers; for relative or absolute file system
paths, it relies on filenames.

With no argument, \fIw3m\fP expects data from standard input and
assumes \(lqtext/plain\(rq unless another MIME type is given by the user.

If provided with no target and no fallback target (see for instance
option \fB\-v\fP below), \fIw3m\fP will exit with usage information.
.SH OPTIONS
Command line options are introduced with a single \(lq\-\(rq character and
may take an argument.
.SS General options:
.TP
\fB\-B\fP
with no other target defined, use the bookmark page for startup
.TP
\fB\-M\fP
monochrome display
.TP
\fB\-no-mouse\fP
deactivate mouse support
.TP
\fB\-num\fP
display each line's number
.TP
\fB\-N\fP
distribute multiple command line arguments to tabs. By default, a
stack of buffers is used
.TP 
\fB\-ppc \fInum\fR
width of \fInum\fR pixels per character. Range of 4.0 to 32.0, default 8.0.
Larger values will make tables narrower. (Implementation not verified)
.TP
\fB\-ppl \fInum\fR
height of \fInum\fR pixels per line. Range of 4.0 to 64.0. (Implementation not 
verified)
.TP
\fB\-title\fP, \fB\-title=TERM\fP
use the buffer name as terminal title string. With specified TERM,
this sets the title configuration style accordingly
.TP
\fB\-v\fP
with no other target defined, welcome users with a built-in page
.TP
\fB\-W\fP
toggle wrapping in searches
.TP
\fB\-X\fP
do not initialize/deinitialize the terminal
.TP
\fB+\fInum\fR
go to line \fInum\fR; only effective for \fInum\fR larger than the number of 
lines in the terminal
.SS Browser options:
.TP
\fB\-cols \fInum\fR
with stdout as destination; HTML is rendered to lines of \fInum\fR characters
.TP
\fB\-cookie\fP, \fB\-no-cookie\fP
use stored cookies and accept new ones, or do neither
.TP
\fB\-F\fP
render frames
.TP
\fB\-graph\fP, \fB\-no-graph\fP
use or do not use graphic characters for drawing HTML table and frame borders
.TP
\fB\-header \fIstring\fR
append \fIstring\fR to the HTTP(S) request. Expected to match the header syntax 
\f(CW Variable: Value\fP
.TP
\fB\-m\fP
Render the body of Usenet messages according to the header \(lqContent-type\(rq 
.TP
\fB\-no-proxy\fP
do not use proxy
.TP
\fB\-post \fIfile\fR
use POST method to upload data defined in \fIfile\fR. The syntax to be used
is \f(CWvar1=value1[var2=value2]...\fP
.TP
\fB\-4\fP
IPv4 only. Corresponds to dns_order=4 in configuration files
.TP
\fB\-6\fP
IPv6 only. 

Bug#768965: phabricator: Initial German Debconf translation

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: phabricator
Version: 0~git20141101-1
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n

Cher Richard,

Richard Sellam schrieb am  6. Nov 2014 um 23:18

 Thank you for using my package and for the help to translate the
 po-debconf file in German.

 I'm sorry about the inconsistencies you found. That should be fixed
 in version 0~git20141106-1 (files can be found at
 https://github.com/lenios/phabricator/tree/master/debian/po until
 the package is available in debian repositories). Please use this
 version to continue your translation work and sorry again for the
 trouble. Feel free to report anything else wrong.

ci-joint, tu trouveras le fichier po avec le messages allemands pour
l'installation de Phabricator.

Si le template est mis a jour, utilise 

'msgfmt --statistics pofile.po'

En cas la commande indique qu'une revision du fichier soit necessaire,
envoye une courriel a la groupe allemande de traduction ou a moi.

J'espere qu'il n'ait trop de fautes dans ce messages. 

Salut
Markus

-- 
adresse  Günzenhausen
 Am Hang 14
 85386 Eching
fon  +49 8133 9179613
mail p...@hiereth.de
web  www.hiereth.de
pgp  www.hiereth.de/public_key.asc



-- System Information:
Debian Release: 7.6
  APT prefers stable
  APT policy: (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 3.2.0-4-486
Locale: LANG=de_DE, LC_CTYPE=de_DE (charmap=ISO-8859-1)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash
# German debconf translation of phabricator
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Markus Hiereth markus.hier...@freenet.de, 2014.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: phabricator\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: phabrica...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2014-11-06 21:51+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-098 10:00+0200\n
Last-Translator: Markus Hiereth markus.hier...@freenet.de\n
Language-Team: debian-l10n-german debian-l10n-ger...@lists.debian.org\n
Language: de\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../phabricator.templates:1001
msgid Domain name or subdomain name used by phabricator:
msgstr Für Phabricator bestimmte Domain oder Subdomain:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../phabricator.templates:1001
msgid 
Phabricator must be installed on an entire domain. You can not install it to 
a path on an existing domain, like example.com/phabricator/. Instead, 
install it to an entire domain or subdomain, like phabricator.example.com.
msgstr 
Phabricator muss einer Domain zugeordnet sein. Die Mitbenutzung einer 
bestehenden Domain durch Einrichtung eines Pfades wie 
example.com/phabricator ist nicht möglich. Richten Sie stattdessen eine 
gesamte Domain oder eine Subdomain wie phabricator.example.com ein.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../phabricator.templates:2001
msgid MySQL administrator account username:
msgstr Benutzername des MySQL-Administrators:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../phabricator.templates:2001
msgid 
Please enter the username of a MySQL account that has enough privileges to 
create and use phabricator_* databases.
msgstr 
Bitte geben Sie den Benutzernamen eines MySQL-Administrators ein. Er muss 
die zum Anlegen und zum Benutzen von phabricator_*-Datenbanken nötigen Rechte 
haben. 

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../phabricator.templates:2001
msgid You can create such a user with the following MySQL command:
msgstr Sie können einen solchen Benutzer mit folgendem MySQL-Befehl anlegen:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../phabricator.templates:2001
#, no-c-format
msgid 
grant all privileges on `phabricator\\_%`.* to 'phabricator'@localhost 
identified by 'PASSWORD';
msgstr 
grant all privileges on `phabricator\\_%`.* to 'phabricator'@localhost 
identified by 'PASSWORD';

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../phabricator.templates:3001
msgid MySQL administrator account password:
msgstr Passwort des MySQL-Administrators:

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../phabricator.templates:4001
msgid MySQL administrator account password confirmation:
msgstr Passwort des MySQL-Administrators bestätigen:

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../phabricator.templates:4001
msgid 
Please enter the MySQL administrator account password again for confirmation.
msgstr 
Bitte geben Sie zur Bestätigung das Passwort des MySQL-Administrators 
nochmals ein.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../phabricator.templates:5001
msgid Password input error
msgstr Fehlerhaftes Passwort

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../phabricator.templates:5001
msgid The two passwords you entered were not the same. Please try again.
msgstr 
Die beiden Passwörter stimmten nicht überein. Bitte versuchen Sie es 
nochmal.

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../phabricator.templates:6001
msgid None
msgstr Keiner

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../phabricator.templates:6002
msgid Web server:
msgstr Web server:

#. Type: select
#. Description

Bug#768201: phabricator: pot debconf file. Inconsistencies

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: phabricator
Version: 0~git20141101-1
Severity: normal

Dear Richard,

I am about ot translate the po-debconf file of phabricator into
German. See

  https://lists.debian.org/debian-l10n-german/2014/11/msg2.html

There was one pair of inconsistent messages in the english original:

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../phabricator.templates:6002
msgid 
Please select the web server for which Phabricator should be automatically 
configured.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../phabricator.templates:6002
msgid Select \None\ if you would like to configure the web server manually.

The first mentions phabricator to be configured, in the second it is web
server that needs to be configurated.


Besides, I would recommend to refer in literally the same form when
talking about the login at the MYSQL server. The present messages
vary: E.g. one time, MySQL server administrator is used, another
time MySQL administrator As far as I can see, the point is simply to
use an account having the right to create a new database. This is
explained in the end and regrettably not right a the start.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../phabricator.templates:2001
msgid Mysql administrator username:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../phabricator.templates:2001
msgid 
Please enter the username of a Mysql server administrator. This account must 
have enough privileges to create phabricator_* databases.

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../phabricator.templates:3001
msgid Mysql administrator password:

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../phabricator.templates:4001
msgid Mysql administrator password confirmation:

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../phabricator.templates:4001
msgid Please enter your Mysql administrator password again for confirmation.

Best Regards
Markus

-- 
adresse  Günzenhausen
 Am Hang 14
 85386 Eching
 Germany
fon  +49 8133 9179613
mail p...@hiereth.de
web  www.hiereth.de
pgp  www.hiereth.de/public_key.asc



-- System Information:
Debian Release: 7.6
  APT prefers stable
  APT policy: (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 3.2.0-4-486
Locale: LANG=de_DE, LC_CTYPE=de_DE (charmap=ISO-8859-1)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash


-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to debian-bugs-dist-requ...@lists.debian.org
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact listmas...@lists.debian.org

Bug#767175: w3m: outdated options in MANUAL.html, changed option

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: w3m
Version: 0.5.3-8
Severity: normal

Dear Tatsuya,

these options are not available or not compiled in Debian w3m version 0.5.3

-s
Display documents with Shift_JIS code. 
-e
Display documents with EUC_JP code. 
-j
Display documents with ISO-2022-JP code. 

The squeeze blank lines option is mapped to -s (lower case) instead of -S 
(upper case) as mentioned in MANUAL.html.

Best Regards,
Markus



-- System Information:
Debian Release: 7.6
  APT prefers stable
  APT policy: (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 3.2.0-4-486
Locale: LANG=de_DE, LC_CTYPE=de_DE (charmap=ISO-8859-1)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash

Versions of packages w3m depends on:
ii  libc62.13-38+deb7u2
ii  libgc1c2 1:7.1-9.1
ii  libgpm2  1.20.4-6
ii  libssl1.0.0  1.0.1e-2+deb7u11
ii  libtinfo55.9-10
ii  zlib1g   1:1.2.7.dfsg-13

Versions of packages w3m recommends:
ii  ca-certificates  20130119

Versions of packages w3m suggests:
ii  man-db2.6.2-1
pn  menu  none
pn  migemonone
ii  mime-support  3.52-1
pn  w3m-elnone
ii  w3m-img   0.5.3-8

-- no debconf information


-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to debian-bugs-dist-requ...@lists.debian.org
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact listmas...@lists.debian.org

Bug#766550: w3m: manpage could be improved

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: w3m
Version: 0.5.3-8
Severity: normal

Dear Tatsuya,

while working on a German version of w3m's manpage, I found a lot of
things that could be improved about it.

Therefore, I revized the document. Maybe, this version allows closing
the bugreports 

   268211
   530468
   345084
   285251

Please have check the attached draft for an improved manpage. I also
passed it to the English language team, hoping to get hints on style
and language.

Best regards
Markus



-- System Information:
Debian Release: 7.6
  APT prefers stable
  APT policy: (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 3.2.0-4-486
Locale: LANG=de_DE, LC_CTYPE=de_DE (charmap=ISO-8859-1)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash

Versions of packages w3m depends on:
ii  libc62.13-38+deb7u2
ii  libgc1c2 1:7.1-9.1
ii  libgpm2  1.20.4-6
ii  libssl1.0.0  1.0.1e-2+deb7u11
ii  libtinfo55.9-10
ii  zlib1g   1:1.2.7.dfsg-13

Versions of packages w3m recommends:
ii  ca-certificates  20130119

Versions of packages w3m suggests:
ii  man-db2.6.2-1
pn  menu  none
pn  migemonone
ii  mime-support  3.52-1
pn  w3m-elnone
ii  w3m-img   0.5.3-8

-- no debconf information
.nr N -1
.nr D 5
.TH W3M 1 2014-10-23
.\improvements with respeckt to bugreport 268211
.UC 4
.SH NAME
w3m \- a text based Web browser and pager
.SH SYNOPSIS
.SS 
pager mode 
\fBw3m\fP [-t | -r | -M | -config \fIfile\fP | -I \fIcharset\fP | -O \fIcharset\fP ]
.SS 
browse and file view mode 
.\fixes bugreports  530468 345084
\fBw3m\fP [-t | -r | -B | -M | -N | -W | -X | -num | -graph | -cookie | -title | -reqlog ] \fIfile\fP | \fIURL\fP [...]
.SS 
remote target data mode 
\fBw3m\fP [-m | -dump_source | -dump_head | -dump_both | -dump_extra ]  \fIURL\fP 
.SS 
filter mode 
\fBw3m\fP [ -dump | -cols \fIN\fP | -I \fIcharset\fP | -O \fIcharset\fP | -T \fItype\fP ]  [ \fIfile\fP | \fIURL\fP ] 
.SS 
special startups 
\fBw3m\fP [ -v | -B | -bookmark \fIfile\fP ] 
.SS 
usage information 
\fBw3m\fP [ -o | -show-option | -help  | -version ]
.SH DESCRIPTION
.\.\ This defines appropriate quote strings for nroff and troff
.\.ds lq \
.\.ds rq \
.\.if t .ds lq ``
.\.if t .ds rq ''
.\.\ Just in case these number registers aren't set yet...
.\.if \nN==0 .nr N 10
.\.if \nD==0 .nr D 5

\fIw3m\fP is a World Wide Web (WWW) text based client. It has English
and Japanese help files and an option menu and can be configured to
use either language. It will display hypertext markup language (HTML)
documents containing links to files residing on the local system, as
well as files residing on remote systems. It can display HTML tables
and frames.  In addition, it can be used as a pager in much the same
manner as more or less.  Current versions of \fBw3m\fP run on
Unix (Solaris, SunOS, HP-UX, Linux, FreeBSD, and EWS4800) and on
Microsoft Windows 9x/NT.

.SH OPTIONS

At start up, \fBw3m\fP will load any local ile or remote URL specified
at the command line.  For help with runtime options, press \fIH\fP
while running \fBw3m\fP. Command line options are:

.TP
\fB-t\fP \fIN\fP
set tab width to N columns
.TP
\fB-r\fP
ignore backspace effect
.TP
\fB-l \fIN\fR
preserve N lines of STDIN input (default 1)
.TP
\fB-I \fIcharset\fR
user defined character encoding of input data
.TP
\fB-O \fIcharset\fR
user defined character encoding of output data
.TP
\fB-T \fItype\fR
explicite characterization of input data by MIME type
.TP
\fB-B\fP
load stored bookmarks
.TP
\fB-bookmark \fIfile\fR
specifies bookmark file to be used (default \fC~/.w3m/bookmark.html\fP)
.TP
\fB-v\fP
allows starting with no defined input via STDIN, file or URL
.TP
\fB-F\fP
render frames
.TP
.\fixes bugreports  530468 345084
\fB-N\fP
distributes series of input, one tab per file or URL. By default series of input files loaded in a stack of buffers.
.TP
\fB-M\fP
monochrome display
.TP
\fB-no-mouse\fP
do not use mouse
.TP
\fB-num\fP
display each line's number
.TP
\fB+\fIN\fR
go to line N, only effective for N larger than number of lines in the terminal 
.TP
\fB-m\fP
internet message mode
.TP
\fB-graph\fP
use graphic characters for borders of frames and tables 
.TP
\fBno-graph\fP
do not use graphic characters for borders of frames and tables 
.TP
\fB-S\fP
squeeze multiple blank lines
.TP
\fB-W\fP
toggle wrap search mode
.TP
\fB-title\fP
use the buffer name as terminal title string. 
If TERM is specified, TERM style title configuration is used
.TP
\fB-X\fP
do not use termcap init/deinit
.TP
\fB-ppc \fIN\fR
width of N pixels per character. Range of 4.0 to 32.0, default 8.0. 
Larger values will make tables narrower.
.TP
\fB-ppl \fIN\fR
height of N pixels per line. Range of 4.0 to 64.0.
.TP
\fB-dump\fP
dump formatted/rendered page into STDOUT
.\ bugreport 285251
.TP
\fB-dump_source\fP
dump source code into STDOUT
.TP
\fB-dump_head\fP
dump response of HEAD request into STDOUT
.TP
\fB-dump_both\fP
dump HEAD and source code into STDOUT
.TP
\fB-dump_extra\fP
dump HEAD, source code and extra information into 

Bug#765068: w3m: Misleading Option String for Cookies

[markus . hiereth]

Hello Tatsuya,

(thanks for informing me that You have passed the German po-file to
the resources for Jessie). Please note with references to:
  https://lists.debian.org/debian-l10n-english/2014/10/msg00021.html

In the course of my translation work on the man-page of w3m, I made a
couple of tests and learned to know the option -reqlog

  w3m -reqlog URL 

and found out 

  ~/.w3m/request.log

as the place for the logged data and what kind of data inside. They
show the HTTP communication between w3m and the web server. The file
features domain name information of both sides as well as the domain
string within a cookie the server tries to set on the disk of the
client PC; in other words, value of its domain attribute of the
cookie. See the snippet below with a SET-COOKIE request by
wikipedia's server and usage of a cookie by w3m.

In addition, the file that stores cookies

  ~/.w3m/cookie

is a plain text file. It is loaded into the browser upon start and
saved before EXIT.

I think with this technical background information, it should be
possible to unravel what domain information is subject to validation
and what are in fact the criteria applied in this validation.

I would appreciate if there was somebody who designs and performs the
necessary tests, The findings would be valuable to improve the w3m's
user documentation.

Regards
Markus


-


GET / HTTP/1.0
User-Agent: w3m/0.5.3+cvs-1.1055
Accept: text/html, text/*;q=0.5, image/*, application/*, audio/*, video/*, 
message/*
Accept-Encoding: gzip, compress, bzip, bzip2, deflate
Accept-Language: en;q=1.0
Host: de.wikipedia.org

HTTP/1.1 301 Moved Permanently
Server: Apache
X-Content-Type-Options: nosniff
Cache-control: s-maxage=1200, must-revalidate, max-age=0
Last-Modified: Sun, 19 Oct 2014 18:23:54 GMT
Location: http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia:Hauptseite
Content-Encoding: gzip
Content-Type: text/html; charset=utf-8
Vary: Accept-Encoding,X-Forwarded-Proto,Cookie,X-Use-HHVM
X-Varnish: 115743251, 3889558698 3889556238, 2750104885 2749402641
Via: 1.1 varnish, 1.1 varnish, 1.1 varnish
Content-Length: 20
Accept-Ranges: bytes
Date: Sun, 19 Oct 2014 18:34:39 GMT
Age: 645
Connection: close
X-Cache: cp1055 miss (0), amssq48 hit (25), amssq48 frontend hit (172)
X-Analytics: php=zend
Set-Cookie: GeoIP=DE:Schwabhausen:48.4000:11.3500:v4; Path=/; 
Domain=.wikipedia.org

GET /wiki/Wikipedia:Hauptseite HTTP/1.0
User-Agent: w3m/0.5.3+cvs-1.1055
Accept: text/html, text/*;q=0.5, image/*, application/*, audio/*, video/*, 
message/*
Accept-Encoding: gzip, compress, bzip, bzip2, deflate
Accept-Language: en;q=1.0
Host: de.wikipedia.org
Referer: http://de.wikipedia.org/
Cookie: GeoIP=DE:Schwabhausen:48.4000:11.3500:v4
Cookie2: $Version=1

HTTP/1.1 200 OK
Server: Apache
X-Content-Type-Options: nosniff
Content-language: de
X-UA-Compatible: IE=Edge
Last-Modified: Sun, 19 Oct 2014 10:13:34 GMT
Content-Encoding: gzip
Content-Type: text/html; charset=UTF-8
Vary: Accept-Encoding,Cookie,X-Use-HHVM
X-Varnish: 890659, 2301775781 2301775196, 2260380402 2231581926
Via: 1.1 varnish, 1.1 varnish, 1.1 varnish
Content-Length: 14505
Accept-Ranges: bytes
Date: Sun, 19 Oct 2014 18:34:40 GMT
Age: 30065
Connection: close
X-Cache: cp1053 miss (0), amssq46 hit (14), amssq49 frontend hit (11335)
Cache-Control: private, s-maxage=0, max-age=0, must-revalidate
X-Analytics: php=zend


-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to debian-bugs-dist-requ...@lists.debian.org
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact listmas...@lists.debian.org

Bug#763964: w3m: [L10N,DE]

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: w3m
Version: 0.5.3-17
Tags: patch,l10n
Followup-For: Bug #763964


Hello Tatsuya,

attached is the german program translation for w3m version
0.5.3-17. (The pot-File was 0.5.3-17, although on my computer 0.5.3-8
is installed.)

Please include it. It would be great if it was distributed with Jesse. 

Thanks for your i18n efforts. Regards
Markus


w3m_0.5.3-17_w3m.po.gz
Description: GNU Zip compressed data

Bug#765682: w3m: help page generation does not allow internationalization

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: w3m
Version: 0.5.3-8
Severity: normal

Dear Tatsuya,

as You know, we are about to deliver a German version of
w3m. Meanwhile, I use a local german mo-file that causes the options
dialogue to bring German explanations to the settings. These
explanations appear as well after invocation of w3m with option -o

 w3m -o 

In contrast, the help-dialogue still brings English explanations to
the keybindings. This dialogue is created dynamically. It is not
clear. what files of the source package and of the binary package are
involved. We found

1.

Strings in the source code like
  w3m_0.5.3-17/main.c:2455
  DEFUN(movRW, NEXT_WORD, Move to next word)

2.

Files that remind of html-templates for the help pages in the sources package.
But maybe they are remnants and outdated.
  w3mhelp-lynx_en.html.in
  w3mhelp-lynx_ja.html.in
  w3mhelp-w3m_en.html.in
  w3mhelp-w3m_ja.html.in

3.

An executable file in w3m's local installation
-rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 42600 Mai 22  2012 w3mhelperpanel

4.

A perl-script file in w3m's local installation
-rwxr-xr-x 1 root root  8030 Mai 22  2012 w3mhelp.cgi
that contains references to 
  w3mhelp-w3m_en.html
  w3mhelp-w3m_ja.html

Both of them are absent in the local installation, but the above
mentioned html.in-files are obviously siblings of them

5.
Function descriptions in a group of Perl script files of the local
installation

  w3mhelp-funcdesc.en.pl
  w3mhelp-funcdesc.ja.pl

that maybe work together with 

  w3mhelp-funcname.pl
  w3mhelp.html

in the same directory /usr/share/w3m/

We would appreciate if you would 

- indicate those files (besides the po-file) we need to work on to get
  a completely translated instance of w3m or

- prepare w3m's sources in a way that all strings are transferred to
  the pot-file

Yours sincerely
Markus


-- System Information:
Debian Release: 7.6
  APT prefers stable
  APT policy: (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 3.2.0-4-486
Locale: LANG=de_DE, LC_CTYPE=de_DE (charmap=ISO-8859-1)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash

Versions of packages w3m depends on:
ii  libc62.13-38+deb7u2
ii  libgc1c2 1:7.1-9.1
ii  libgpm2  1.20.4-6
ii  libssl1.0.0  1.0.1e-2+deb7u11
ii  libtinfo55.9-10
ii  zlib1g   1:1.2.7.dfsg-13

Versions of packages w3m recommends:
ii  ca-certificates  20130119

Versions of packages w3m suggests:
ii  man-db2.6.2-1
pn  menu  none
pn  migemonone
ii  mime-support  3.52-1
pn  w3m-elnone
ii  w3m-img   0.5.3-8

-- no debconf information


-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to debian-bugs-dist-requ...@lists.debian.org
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact listmas...@lists.debian.org

Bug#765068: w3m: Misleading Option String for Cookies

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: w3m
Version: 0.5.3-8
Followup-For: Bug #765068

Hello Tatsuya,

please note the discussion thread within the mailing list of the
English translation team:

https://lists.debian.org/debian-l10n-english/2014/10/msg00018.html

The results are

- It is necessary to find out what domain information is subject to
  w3m's checking: The domain of the server that sends a SET-COOKIE
  request and / or the domain name specified in the cookie itself.

- It is necessary to have precisely described what matching is
  performed with the domain attribute of a cookie. E.g. only the
  number of dots in this string or all the conditions mentioned in the
  RFC.

Afterwards, the respective description in the options panel and the
respective paragraph in README.cookies shall be updated.

Best regards
Markus


-- System Information:
Debian Release: 7.6
  APT prefers stable
  APT policy: (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 3.2.0-4-486
Locale: LANG=de_DE, LC_CTYPE=de_DE (charmap=ISO-8859-1)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash

Versions of packages w3m depends on:
ii  libc62.13-38+deb7u2
ii  libgc1c2 1:7.1-9.1
ii  libgpm2  1.20.4-6
ii  libssl1.0.0  1.0.1e-2+deb7u11
ii  libtinfo55.9-10
ii  zlib1g   1:1.2.7.dfsg-13

Versions of packages w3m recommends:
ii  ca-certificates  20130119

Versions of packages w3m suggests:
ii  man-db2.6.2-1
pn  menu  none
pn  migemonone
ii  mime-support  3.52-1
pn  w3m-elnone
ii  w3m-img   0.5.3-8

-- no debconf information


-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to debian-bugs-dist-requ...@lists.debian.org
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact listmas...@lists.debian.org

Bug#765068: closed by Alastair McKinstry mckins...@debian.org (Bug#765068: fixed in iapws 1.0.5-2)

[Markus Hiereth]

Dear Alastair,

Debian Bug Tracking System schrieb am 15. Oct 2014 um 11:24

 Source: iapws
 Source-Version: 1.0.5-2

 We believe that the bug you reported is fixed in the latest version
 of iapws, which is due to be installed in the Debian FTP archive.

I'm not able to understand the reason for closing my bugreport because
my report was about w3m in the stable und testing release.

As far as I can see, there is no connection to some paket iapws.

Regards
Markus


-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to debian-bugs-dist-requ...@lists.debian.org
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact listmas...@lists.debian.org

Bug#765068: w3m: Misleading Option String for Cookies

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: w3m
Version: 0.5.3-8
Severity: normal

Dear Tatsuya,

as German translator and after some correspondance, I'm of the opinion
that source file rc.c (still true for Version 0.5.3-17, Line 207)
gives misleading information:

#define CMT_COOKIE_AVOID_WONG_NUMBER_OF_DOTS N_(Domains to avoid [wrong number 
of dots])

The msgid would be understood in a way round that the user shall type
in a list of domains to be avoided, wheras README.cookies explains

  If the number of . in domain name is lesser than 2, it is assumed
  as invalid cookie (cf. RFC 2109 4.3.2), however, you can use
  cookie_avoid_wrong_number_of_dots to avoid this restriction. You can
  set this in Domains to avoid [wrong number of dots] on the Option
  Setting Panel.

According to this paragraph, this options item makes w3m accept
cookies that would be rejected otherwise.

Therefore, please consider the following msgid

#define CMT_COOKIE_AVOID_WONG_NUMBER_OF_DOTS N_(Do not reject cookies having 
the domain attributes)


The README.cookies would need beeing updated the same way

  If the number of dots in domain name is lesser than 2, it is assumed
  as invalid cookie (cf. RFC 2109 4.3.2). However, you can use a
  configuration parameter cookie_avoid_wrong_number_of_dots In the
  option panel, besides Do not reject cookies having the domain
  attributes, the parameter takes a list of strings for the domain
  attribute. Cookies matching these domains are accepted though they
  fail the check described above.

Yours sincerely
Markus



-- System Information:
Debian Release: 7.6
  APT prefers stable
  APT policy: (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 3.2.0-4-486
Locale: LANG=de_DE, LC_CTYPE=de_DE (charmap=ISO-8859-1)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash

Versions of packages w3m depends on:
ii  libc62.13-38+deb7u2
ii  libgc1c2 1:7.1-9.1
ii  libgpm2  1.20.4-6
ii  libssl1.0.0  1.0.1e-2+deb7u11
ii  libtinfo55.9-10
ii  zlib1g   1:1.2.7.dfsg-13

Versions of packages w3m recommends:
ii  ca-certificates  20130119

Versions of packages w3m suggests:
ii  man-db2.6.2-1
pn  menu  none
pn  migemonone
ii  mime-support  3.52-1
pn  w3m-elnone
ii  w3m-img   0.5.3-8

-- no debconf information


-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to debian-bugs-dist-requ...@lists.debian.org
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact listmas...@lists.debian.org

Bug#279221: should transcode characters from utf-8 if the terminal is not utf-8 capable

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: w3m
Followup-For: Bug #279221

Dear Maintainer,

I wonder it this bug report can be closed for w3m in Debian 7. 

I got the correct output

$ echo 'mdash;'  foo.html
$ w3m -dump  foo.html 
mdash;

Regards
Markus



-- System Information:
Debian Release: 7.6
  APT prefers stable
  APT policy: (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 3.2.0-4-486
Locale: LANG=de_DE, LC_CTYPE=de_DE (charmap=ISO-8859-1)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash

Versions of packages w3m depends on:
ii  libc62.13-38+deb7u2
ii  libgc1c2 1:7.1-9.1
ii  libgpm2  1.20.4-6
ii  libssl1.0.0  1.0.1e-2+deb7u11
ii  libtinfo55.9-10
ii  zlib1g   1:1.2.7.dfsg-13

Versions of packages w3m recommends:
ii  ca-certificates  20130119

Versions of packages w3m suggests:
ii  man-db2.6.2-1
pn  menu  none
pn  migemonone
ii  mime-support  3.52-1
pn  w3m-elnone
ii  w3m-img   0.5.3-8

-- no debconf information


-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to debian-bugs-dist-requ...@lists.debian.org
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact listmas...@lists.debian.org

Bug#366640: w3m -o options arguments aren't checked

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: w3m
Version: 0.5.3-8
Followup-For: Bug #366640

Dear Maintainer,

I found that the command line setting of options pixel_per_char and
pixel_per_line

 $ w3m -o pixel_per_char=4 http://lune
 $ w3m -o pixel_per_line=32 http://lune

 have no effect on the font size used in tty-Terminal or xterm.

Regards
Markus


-- System Information:
Debian Release: 7.6
  APT prefers stable
  APT policy: (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 3.2.0-4-486
Locale: LANG=de_DE, LC_CTYPE=de_DE (charmap=ISO-8859-1)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash

Versions of packages w3m depends on:
ii  libc62.13-38+deb7u2
ii  libgc1c2 1:7.1-9.1
ii  libgpm2  1.20.4-6
ii  libssl1.0.0  1.0.1e-2+deb7u11
ii  libtinfo55.9-10
ii  zlib1g   1:1.2.7.dfsg-13

Versions of packages w3m recommends:
ii  ca-certificates  20130119

Versions of packages w3m suggests:
ii  man-db2.6.2-1
pn  menu  none
pn  migemonone
ii  mime-support  3.52-1
pn  w3m-elnone
ii  w3m-img   0.5.3-8

-- no debconf information


-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to debian-bugs-dist-requ...@lists.debian.org
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact listmas...@lists.debian.org

Bug#380560: w3m: forgot simplest example

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: w3m
Version: 0.5.3-8
Followup-For: Bug #380560

Dear Maintainer,

please decide whether the man page should get this supplementary
simple example 

 $ w3m -dump foo.html

or not. In case You do not regard such an example as necessary, please
close the bug report.

The German translation team considers to work on a translation of this
man-page. It would help to have an English version that satisfies our
users.

Yours sincerely
Markus


-- System Information:
Debian Release: 7.6
  APT prefers stable
  APT policy: (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 3.2.0-4-486
Locale: LANG=de_DE, LC_CTYPE=de_DE (charmap=ISO-8859-1)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash

Versions of packages w3m depends on:
ii  libc62.13-38+deb7u2
ii  libgc1c2 1:7.1-9.1
ii  libgpm2  1.20.4-6
ii  libssl1.0.0  1.0.1e-2+deb7u11
ii  libtinfo55.9-10
ii  zlib1g   1:1.2.7.dfsg-13

Versions of packages w3m recommends:
ii  ca-certificates  20130119

Versions of packages w3m suggests:
ii  man-db2.6.2-1
pn  menu  none
pn  migemonone
ii  mime-support  3.52-1
pn  w3m-elnone
ii  w3m-img   0.5.3-8

-- no debconf information


-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to debian-bugs-dist-requ...@lists.debian.org
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact listmas...@lists.debian.org

Bug#403634: man w3m: add a FILES section

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: w3m
Followup-For: Bug #403634

Dear Maintainer,

there is a FILES section in man w3m for the Release 0.5.3.
Thus this bug report should not be classified as outstanding

Regards
Markus Hiereth

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 7.6
  APT prefers stable
  APT policy: (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 3.2.0-4-486
Locale: LANG=de_DE, LC_CTYPE=de_DE (charmap=ISO-8859-1)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash

Versions of packages w3m depends on:
ii  libc62.13-38+deb7u2
ii  libgc1c2 1:7.1-9.1
ii  libgpm2  1.20.4-6
ii  libssl1.0.0  1.0.1e-2+deb7u11
ii  libtinfo55.9-10
ii  zlib1g   1:1.2.7.dfsg-13

Versions of packages w3m recommends:
ii  ca-certificates  20130119

Versions of packages w3m suggests:
ii  man-db2.6.2-1
pn  menu  none
pn  migemonone
ii  mime-support  3.52-1
pn  w3m-elnone
ii  w3m-img   0.5.3-8

-- no debconf information


-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to debian-bugs-dist-requ...@lists.debian.org
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact listmas...@lists.debian.org

Bug#622609: Option display_link in /etc/w3m/config not working, display_link_number OK

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: w3m
Version: 0.5.3-8
Followup-For: Bug #622609

Dear Tatsuya,

I think the insufficient explanations delivered (on the options panel
and the -show-options option) are the reason for Olivers bug
report. The effect of the two options is dependent on whether option
-dump is set or not.


Setting   display_link   display_link_number
  v  v
  v  v
  v  v
-  
  0  0NO  NONO NO
  1  0YES NONO NO
  0  1NO  YES   YESYES
  1  1YES YES   YESYES
-  
Resultvvv  v
  vvv  v
  vvv  v
  screen:  screen:  stout: stout:
  link in  number   link   number
  bottom   besides  bottom besides
  line link lines  link 


One solution would be mentioning that option display_link_numbers
overrides display_link if w3m converts a file to stout

A more elegant solution would be to introduce an additional dump,
let's say -dump_ref that overrides user input for display_link and
display_link_number by setting them to on TRUE and informing the user
on the man page about this behaviour.

Yours sincerely
Markus

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 7.6
  APT prefers stable
  APT policy: (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 3.2.0-4-486
Locale: LANG=de_DE, LC_CTYPE=de_DE (charmap=ISO-8859-1)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash

Versions of packages w3m depends on:
ii  libc62.13-38+deb7u2
ii  libgc1c2 1:7.1-9.1
ii  libgpm2  1.20.4-6
ii  libssl1.0.0  1.0.1e-2+deb7u11
ii  libtinfo55.9-10
ii  zlib1g   1:1.2.7.dfsg-13

Versions of packages w3m recommends:
ii  ca-certificates  20130119

Versions of packages w3m suggests:
ii  man-db2.6.2-1
pn  menu  none
pn  migemonone
ii  mime-support  3.52-1
pn  w3m-elnone
ii  w3m-img   0.5.3-8

-- no debconf information


-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to debian-bugs-dist-requ...@lists.debian.org
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact listmas...@lists.debian.org

Bug#763964: w3m: German translation

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: w3m
Version: 0.5.3-8
Severity: wishlist

Dear Tatsuya Kinoshita and Higuchi Daisuke,

I would appreciate to have a German version of the w3m browser.

Therefore I started working on the file w3m_0.5.3-17_w3m.po as a
member of the German translation team.

Yours sincerely
Markus Hiereth


-- System Information:
Debian Release: 7.6
  APT prefers stable
  APT policy: (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 3.2.0-4-486
Locale: LANG=de_DE, LC_CTYPE=de_DE (charmap=ISO-8859-1)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash

Versions of packages w3m depends on:
ii  libc62.13-38+deb7u2
ii  libgc1c2 1:7.1-9.1
ii  libgpm2  1.20.4-6
ii  libssl1.0.0  1.0.1e-2+deb7u11
ii  libtinfo55.9-10
ii  zlib1g   1:1.2.7.dfsg-13

Versions of packages w3m recommends:
ii  ca-certificates  20130119

Versions of packages w3m suggests:
ii  man-db2.6.2-1
pn  menu  none
pn  migemonone
ii  mime-support  3.52-1
pn  w3m-elnone
ii  w3m-img   0.5.3-8

-- no debconf information


-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to debian-bugs-dist-requ...@lists.debian.org
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact listmas...@lists.debian.org

Bug#685403: No sound coming in

[Markus Hiereth]

Dear Maintainers,

i have installed the same linphone Package 3.5.2-10 and recieved the
mentioned error messages in line 2 and 3 :

linphone

(linphone:3811): Gtk-WARNING **: Could not find signal handler 
'linphone_gtk_display_wizard'
ALSA lib conf.c:4687:(snd_config_expand) Unknown parameters 0
ALSA lib control.c:951:(snd_ctl_open_noupdate) Invalid CTL default:0

(linphone:3811): Gtk-CRITICAL **: gtk_text_buffer_emit_insert: assertion 
`g_utf8_validate (text, len, NULL)' failed

(linphone:3811): Gtk-WARNING **: Could not load image 'linphone2.png': Datei 
»/usr/share/linphone/linphone2.png« konnte nicht geöffnet werden: Datei oder 
Verzeichnis nicht gefunden

I am able to establish connections and to receive calls. But I do not
get any sound from the communication partner. The respective sound
level bar on the right remains in zero position. I conclude from the
error message about ALSA that I is not me who is not able to come to
the right soundcard settings. I would appreciate a few words about
what to do.

Yours sincerely
Markus 


-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to debian-bugs-dist-requ...@lists.debian.org
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact listmas...@lists.debian.org

Bug#640515: xpdf: Segmentation fault when trying to print file

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: xpdf
Version: 3.03-10
Followup-For: Bug #640515

Dear Maintainer,

I face the same problem. 

having lp in the selection Print with command, after clicking on the
button Print xpdf crashes, the shell displays

Speicherzugriffsfehler
hiereth@lune:/tmp$ request id is HPDeskjet-950 (0 file(s)

The printer delivers a plain white piece of paper, the job remains in
the printer queue.

hiereth@lune:/tmp$ lpq
HPDeskjet is ready
RankOwner   Job File(s) Total Size
1st (null)  950 untitled8192 bytes

CPU: AMD Duron(tm)

I would deliver more output message I You passed me the command to
type in.

Greetings
Markus



-- System Information: Debian Release: 7.1 APT prefers stable APT
policy: (500, 'stable') Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 3.2.0-4-486
Locale: LANG=de_DE, LC_CTYPE=de_DE (charmap=ISO-8859-1)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash

Versions of packages xpdf depends on:
ii  lesstif2  1:0.95.2-1.1
ii  libc6 2.13-38
ii  libgcc1   1:4.7.2-5
ii  libpoppler19  0.18.4-6
ii  libstdc++64.7.2-5
ii  libx11-6  2:1.5.0-1+deb7u1
ii  libxt61:1.1.3-1+deb7u1

Versions of packages xpdf recommends:
ii  cups-bsd   1.5.3-5
ii  gsfonts-x110.22
ii  poppler-data   0.4.5-10
ii  poppler-utils  0.18.4-6

xpdf suggests no packages.

-- Configuration Files:
/etc/xpdf/xpdfrc changed:
displayFontT1 Times-Roman   
/usr/share/fonts/type1/gsfonts/n021003l.pfb
displayFontT1 Times-Italic  
/usr/share/fonts/type1/gsfonts/n021023l.pfb
displayFontT1 Times-Bold
/usr/share/fonts/type1/gsfonts/n021004l.pfb
displayFontT1 Times-BoldItalic  
/usr/share/fonts/type1/gsfonts/n021024l.pfb
displayFontT1 Helvetica 
/usr/share/fonts/type1/gsfonts/n019003l.pfb
displayFontT1 Helvetica-Oblique 
/usr/share/fonts/type1/gsfonts/n019023l.pfb
displayFontT1 Helvetica-Bold
/usr/share/fonts/type1/gsfonts/n019004l.pfb
displayFontT1 Helvetica-BoldOblique 
/usr/share/fonts/type1/gsfonts/n019024l.pfb
displayFontT1 Courier   
/usr/share/fonts/type1/gsfonts/n022003l.pfb
displayFontT1 Courier-Oblique   
/usr/share/fonts/type1/gsfonts/n022023l.pfb
displayFontT1 Courier-Bold  
/usr/share/fonts/type1/gsfonts/n022004l.pfb
displayFontT1 Courier-BoldOblique   
/usr/share/fonts/type1/gsfonts/n022024l.pfb
displayFontT1 Symbol
/usr/share/fonts/type1/gsfonts/s05l.pfb
displayFontT1 ZapfDingbats  
/usr/share/fonts/type1/gsfonts/d05l.pfb
psFile  |lp
urlCommand  sensible-browser '%s'
unbind down any
unbind right any
unbind up any
unbind left any
bind down window scrollDown(16) 
bind right window scrollRight(16)
bind up window scrollUp(16)
bind left window scrollLeft(16)
bind down fullScreen nextPage
bind right fullScreen nextPage
bind up fullScreen prevPage
bind left fullScreen prevPage
include /etc/xpdf/includes
continuousView yes


-- no debconf information


-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to debian-bugs-dist-requ...@lists.debian.org
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact listmas...@lists.debian.org

Bug#657860: www.debian.org: debian-reference/ch05.en.html, about sending the hostname to DHCP server

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: www.debian.org
Severity: wishlist


Hello,

I had the problem of informing the DHCP-server (which is a Fritz Box 7170) 
about my computer's name. 

In section 5.5.4 of
http://www.debian.org/doc/manuals/debian-reference/ch05.en.html#_the_network_connection_method_legacy

it is suggested to edit /etc/network/interfaces introducing a line with the 
hostname

  allow-hotplug eth0
  iface eth0 inet dhcp
   hostname mymachine

This did not work for me having the following packages installed

isc-dhcp-client  4.1.1-P1-15+squeeze3
isc-dhcp-common  4.1.1-P1-15+squeeze3

(I did not replace isc-dhcp-client with dhcp3-client as suggested in section 
5.4.1. The DHCP connection with the Ethernet
because I assumed that the isc-dhcp-client is the newer package)


To solve the problem, I had to edit  /etc/dhcp/dhclient.conf, outcommenting the 
entries

 send host-name 
 send dhcp-client-identifier

and introducing the respective name and MAC-addresse.

Yours sincerely
Markus



-- System Information:
Debian Release: 6.0.3
  APT prefers stable
  APT policy: (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.32-5-486
Locale: LANG=de_DE, LC_CTYPE=de_DE (charmap=ISO-8859-1)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash



-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to debian-bugs-dist-requ...@lists.debian.org
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact listmas...@lists.debian.org

Bug#656939: www.debian.org: install manual section 3.4.1 unknown command MAKEDEV

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: www.debian.org
Severity: minor


Respective: 
manual file www.debian.org/releases/stable/i386/apds03.html 
Chapter D.3.4.1.

Among the three options to make device files two were of no use for my
system. MAKEDEV is unknown to me and my old system
(openSUSE). Wouldn't it make sense to mention mknod?


-- System Information:
Debian Release: 6.0.3
  APT prefers stable
  APT policy: (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.32-5-486
Locale: LANG=de_DE, LC_CTYPE=de_DE (charmap=ISO-8859-1)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash



-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to debian-bugs-dist-requ...@lists.debian.org
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact listmas...@lists.debian.org

Bug#656940: www.debian.org: installation manual in german, section D.3.5 wrong argument in command

[Markus Hiereth]

Package: www.debian.org
Severity: normal


file www.debian.org/releases/stable/i386/apds03.html.de

Section D.3.5

To install the kernel image, the file name of the package is no
argument accepted by aptitude. I think the file extension .deb
should be removed.

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 6.0.3
  APT prefers stable
  APT policy: (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.32-5-486
Locale: LANG=de_DE, LC_CTYPE=de_DE (charmap=ISO-8859-1)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash



-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to debian-bugs-dist-requ...@lists.debian.org
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact listmas...@lists.debian.org